Font Size: AAA // Print // Bookmark

2011-10737

  • Federal Register, Volume 76 Issue 111 (Thursday, June 9, 2011)[Federal Register Volume 76, Number 111 (Thursday, June 9, 2011)]

    [Proposed Rules]

    [Pages 33818-33878]

    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]

    [FR Doc No: 2011-10737]

    [[Page 33817]]

    Vol. 76

    Thursday,

    No. 111

    June 9, 2011

    Part II

    Commodity Futures Trading Commission

    -----------------------------------------------------------------------

    17 CFR Parts 22 and 190

    Protection of Cleared Swaps Customer Contracts and Collateral;

    Conforming Amendments to the Commodity Broker Bankruptcy Provisions;

    Proposed Rule

    Federal Register / Vol. 76 , No. 111 / Thursday, June 9, 2011 /

    Proposed Rules

    [[Page 33818]]

    -----------------------------------------------------------------------

    COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION

    17 CFR Parts 22 and 190

    RIN 3038-AC99

    Protection of Cleared Swaps Customer Contracts and Collateral;

    Conforming Amendments to the Commodity Broker Bankruptcy Provisions

    AGENCY: Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

    ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.

    -----------------------------------------------------------------------

    SUMMARY: The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the ``Commission'')

    hereby proposes rules to implement new statutory provisions enacted by

    Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection

    Act (the ``Dodd-Frank Act''). Specifically, the proposed rules

    contained herein impose requirements on futures commission merchants

    (``FCMs'') and derivatives clearing organizations (``DCOs'') regarding

    the treatment of cleared swaps customer contracts (and related

    collateral), and make conforming amendments to bankruptcy provisions

    applicable to commodity brokers under the Commodity Exchange Act (the

    ``CEA'').

    DATES: Comments must be received on or before August 8, 2011.

    ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by RIN number 3038-AC99,

    by any of the following methods:

    The agency's Web site, at http://comments.cftc.gov. Follow

    the instructions for submitting comments through the Web site.

    Mail: David A. Stawick, Secretary of the Commission,

    Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st

    Street, NW., Washington, DC 20581.

    Hand Delivery/Courier: Same as mail above.

    Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.

    Follow the instructions for submitting comments.

    Please submit your comments using only one method.

    All comments must be submitted in English, or if not, accompanied

    by an English translation. Comments will be posted as received to

    http://www.cftc.gov. You should submit only information that you wish

    to make available publicly. If you wish the Commission to consider

    information that you believe is exempt from disclosure under the

    Freedom of Information Act, a petition for confidential treatment of

    the exempt information may be submitted according to the procedures

    established in Sec. 145.9 of the Commission's regulations.\1\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ 17 CFR 145.9.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Commission reserves the right, but shall have no obligation, to

    review, pre-screen, filter, redact, refuse or remove any or all of your

    submission from http://www.cftc.gov that it may deem to be

    inappropriate for publication, such as obscene language. All

    submissions that have been redacted or removed that contain comments on

    the merits of the rulemaking will be retained in the public comment

    file and will be considered as required under the Administrative

    Procedure Act and other applicable laws, and may be accessible under

    the Freedom of Information Act.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Robert B. Wasserman, Associate

    Director, Division of Clearing and Intermediary Oversight (DCIO), at

    202-418-5092 or rwasserman@cftc.gov; Jon DeBord, Attorney-Advisor,

    DCIO, at 202-418-5478 or jdebord@cftc.gov; Martin White, Assistant

    General Counsel, at 202-418-5129 or mwhite@cftc.gov; David Reiffen,

    Senior Economist, Office of the Chief Economist, at 202-418-5602 or

    dreiffen@cftc.gov; or Todd Prono, Financial Economist, Office of the

    Chief Economist, at 202-418-5460 or tprono@cftc.gov, in each case, also

    at the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Three Lafayette Centre,

    1155 21st Street, NW., Washington, DC 20581.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Table of Contents

    I. Introduction

    II. Background

    A. Segregation Requirements

    B. Implementation Alternatives

    C. Solicitation of Public Input Regarding the Alternatives

    1. Roundtable

    2. ANPR

    a. Questions

    b. Comments: Background

    c. Comments: Discussion

    1. Statutory Issues

    2. What is the appropriate starting point?

    3. Costs

    a. Operational Costs

    b. The Risk Costs

    i. The Physical Segregation Model and the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model

    ii. The Legal Segregation With Recourse Model and the Futures

    Model

    c. Assumptions Underlying Risk Costs

    4. Benefits

    a. Fellow-Customer Risk and Investment Risk

    b. Portability

    c. Systemic Risk

    d. Induced Changes in Behavior

    e. Portfolio Margining

    5. The Optional Approach

    III. The Proposed Rules

    A. Statutory Issues and the Appropriate Starting Point

    B. Costs

    1. Rationale

    2. Questions

    C. Benefits

    1. Rationale

    a. Fellow-Customer Risk and Investment Risk

    b. Portability

    c. Systemic Risk

    d. Induced Changes in Behavior

    e. Portfolio Margining

    2. Questions

    D. Proposing the Complete Legal Segregation Model: Weighing of

    Costs and Benefits

    E. The Optional Approach

    1. Rationale

    2. Questions

    F. Structure of These Proposed Regulations

    IV. Section by Section Analysis: Segregation of Cleared Swaps for

    Customers

    A. Proposed Regulation 22.1: Definitions

    1. ``Segregate'' and ``Commingle''

    2. ``Cleared Swap''

    3. ``Cleared Swaps Customer'' and ``Customer''

    4. ``Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral''

    5. ``Cleared Swaps Customer Account'' and ``Cleared Swaps

    Proprietary Account''

    6. ``Collecting Futures Commission Merchant'' and ``Depositing

    Futures Commission Merchant''

    B. Proposed Regulation 22.2--Futures Commission Merchants:

    Treatment of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral

    1. In General

    2. Location of Collateral

    a. The First Method

    b. The Second Method

    3. Commingling

    4. Limitations on Use

    5. Exceptions

    a. Permitted Investments

    b. Permitted Withdrawals

    c. Deposits of Own Money, Securities, or Other Property

    d. Residual Financial Interest

    e. Requirements as to Amount

    i. Background

    ii. Proposed Requirement

    iii. Question

    f. Segregated Account; Daily Computation and Record

    C. Proposed Regulation 22.3--Derivatives Clearing Organizations:

    Treatment of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral

    1. In General

    2. Location of Collateral

    a. The First Method

    b. The Second Method

    c. Questions

    3. Commingling

    4. Exceptions

    a. FCM Deposits and Withdrawals

    b. Permitted Investments

    D. Proposed Regulation 22.4--Futures Commission Merchants and

    Derivatives Clearing Organizations: Permitted Depositories

    1. The Permitted Depositories

    2. Question

    E. Proposed Regulation 22.5--Futures Commission Merchants and

    Derivatives

    [[Page 33819]]

    Clearing Organizations: Written Acknowledgment

    1. Substantive Requirements

    2. Question

    F. Proposed Regulation 22.6--Futures Commission Merchants and

    Derivatives Clearing Organizations: Naming of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Accounts

    G. Proposed Regulation 22.7--Permitted Depositories: Treatment

    of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral

    H. Proposed Regulation 22.8--Situs of Cleared Swaps Accounts

    1. Proposed Requirements

    2. Questions

    I. Proposed Regulation 22.9--Denomination of Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral and Location of Depositories

    J. Proposed Regulation 22.10--Incorporation by Reference

    K. Proposed Regulation 22.11--Information To Be Provided

    Regarding Customers and Their Cleared Swaps

    1. Proposed Requirements

    2. Questions

    L. Proposed Regulation 22.12--Information To Be Maintained

    Regarding Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral

    M. Proposed Regulation 22.13--Additions to Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral

    N. Proposed Regulation 22.14--Futures Commission Merchant

    Failure To Meet a Customer Margin Call in Full

    O. Proposed Regulation 22.15--Treatment of Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral on an Individual Basis

    P. Proposed Regulation 22.16--Disclosures to Customers

    V. Section by Section Analysis: Amendments to Regulation Part 190

    A. Background

    B. Definition

    1. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01(a)--Account Class

    2. Proposed New Regulation 190.01(e)--Calendar Day

    3. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01(f)--Clearing

    Organization

    4. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01(cc)--Non-Public

    Customer

    5. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01(hh)--Principal

    Contract

    6. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01(ll)--Specifically

    Identifiable Property

    7. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01(pp)--Cleared Swap

    C. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.02--Operation of the

    Debtor's Estate Subsequent to the Filing Date and Prior to the

    Primary Liquidation Date

    D. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.03--Operation of the

    Debtor's Estate Subsequent to the Primary Liquidation Date

    E. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.04--Operation of the

    Debtor's Estate--General

    F. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.05--Making and Taking

    Delivery on Commodity Contracts

    G. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.06--Transfers

    H. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.07--Calculation of

    Allowed Net Equity

    I. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.09--Member Property

    J. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.10--General

    K. Proposed Amendments to Appendix A to Part 190--Bankruptcy

    Forms, Bankruptcy

    L. Proposed Amendments to Appendix B to Part 190--Special

    Bankruptcy Distributions

    VI. Effective Date

    VII. Administrative Compliance

    A. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    B. Paperwork Reduction Act

    1. Introduction

    2. Information Provided by Reporting Entities

    3. Information Collection Comments

    C. Cost-Benefit Analysis

    1. Introduction

    a. Requirement Under Section 15(a) of the CEA

    b. Structure of the Analysis

    2. Costs of the Complete Legal Segregation Model, the Legal

    Segregation With Recourse Model, and the Futures Model

    a. Operational Costs

    b. Risk Costs

    c. Induced Changes in Behavior

    d. Portability

    e. Potential Preferences of Cleared Swaps Customers

    f. The Optional Approach

    3. Summary of Benefits of Legal Segregation Models

    a. Fellow-Customer Risk

    b. Portability and Systemic Risk

    c. Induced Changes in Behavior

    4. Relevance to Section 15(a)(2) Considerations

    a. Protection of Market Participants and the Public

    b. Efficiency, Competitiveness, and Financial Integrity of

    Markets

    c. Price Discovery

    d. Sound Risk Management

    e. Other Public Interest Considerations

    5. Public Comment

    VIII. Text of Proposed Rules

    I. Introduction

    The Dodd-Frank Act \2\ mandates that each FCM and DCO ``segregate''

    customer collateral supporting cleared swaps. In other words, the FCM

    and the DCO (i) must hold such customer collateral in an account (or

    location) that is separate from the property belonging to the FCM or

    DCO, and (ii) must not use the collateral of one customer to (A) cover

    the obligations of another customer or (B) the obligations of the FCM

    or DCO.\3\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ See Dodd-Frank Act, Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376

    (2010). The text of the Dodd-Frank Act may be accessed at http://www.cftc.gov/LawRegulation/OTCDERIVATIVES/index.htm.

    \3\ See section 724 of the Dodd-Frank Act. There is some

    controversy with respect to section 4d(f)(6) of the CEA as applied

    to a DCO. See section II(C) herein.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In order to implement the segregation requirements in the Dodd-

    Frank Act, the Commission has determined to propose that each FCM and

    DCO be required to enter (or ``segregate''), in its books and records,

    the cleared swaps of each individual customer and relevant collateral.

    The Commission also proposes to permit each FCM and DCO to

    operationally hold (or ``commingle'') all relevant collateral in one

    account. The Commission further proposes that, in the event that an FCM

    defaults simultaneously with one or more cleared swaps customers, the

    DCO may access the collateral of the FCM's defaulting cleared swaps

    customers to cure the default, but not the collateral of the FCM's non-

    defaulting cleared swaps customers. However, the Commission is

    continuing to assess the benefits and costs of the proposal, and is

    considering whether to permit the DCO to access the collateral of non-

    defaulting cleared swaps customers, after the DCO attempts to cure the

    default by applying its own capital and the guaranty fund contributions

    of its non-defaulting FCM members. Moreover, the Commission is also

    continuing to assess the feasibility of permitting each DCO to choose

    the level of protection that it would accord to the cleared swaps

    customer collateral of its FCM members.

    In deciding to propose the above requirements, the Commission

    looked to current practices for the protection of uncleared swaps

    collateral, as well as current practices for the protection of

    collateral supporting futures customer contracts. The Commission,

    through its staff, sought comment from a wide variety of stakeholders

    (i.e., swaps customers, FCMs, and DCOs), through external meetings \4\

    and a public roundtable.\5\ Further, the Commission issued an advanced

    notice of proposed rulemaking (the ``ANPR'').\6\ After carefully

    considering all comments, the Commission has reached the conclusion

    that this proposal (i) protects cleared swaps customer collateral in

    the manner mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, and (ii) provides the best

    balance between (A) the benefits of mitigating Fellow-Customer Risk,

    Investment Risk (as such terms are defined below) and systemic risk,

    inducing changes in behavior, and enhancing portability as well as

    potentially facilitating portfolio margining, and (B) the operational

    and

    [[Page 33820]]

    risk costs \7\ associated with implementation. This notice of proposed

    rulemaking (the ``NPRM'') sets forth the rationale for such conclusion.

    The Commission requests comment on each element of its rationale, its

    conclusion, and any alternatives to the proposal that it is considering

    (such as, whether to permit the DCO to access the collateral of non-

    defaulting cleared swaps customers and whether to permit each DCO to

    choose the level of protection for such collateral).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ A list of external meetings is available at: http://www.cftc.gov/LawRegulation/DoddFrankAct/Rulemakings/DF_6_SegBankruptcy/index.htm.

    \5\ A transcript of the Staff Roundtable on Individual Customer

    Collateral Protection (the ``Roundtable'') is available at: http://www.cftc.gov/ucm/groups/public/@swaps/documents/dfsubmission/dfsubmission6_102210-transcrip.pdf.

    \6\ See Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for Protection of

    Cleared Swaps Customers Before and After Commodity Broker

    Bankruptcies, 75 FR 75162, Dec. 2, 2010.

    \7\ See section II(C)(3) below.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    II. Background

    A. Segregation Requirements

    On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act. Title

    VII of the Dodd-Frank Act \8\ amended the CEA \9\ to establish a

    comprehensive new regulatory framework for swaps and certain security-

    based swaps. The legislation was enacted to reduce risk, increase

    transparency, and promote market integrity within the financial system

    by, among other things: (i) Providing for the registration and

    comprehensive regulation of swap dealers and major swap participants;

    \10\ (ii) imposing mandatory clearing and trade execution requirements

    on clearable swap contracts; (iii) creating robust recordkeeping and

    real-time reporting regimes; and (iv) enhancing the rulemaking and

    enforcement authorities of the Commission with respect to, among

    others, all registered entities and intermediaries subject to the

    oversight of the Commission.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ Pursuant to section 701 of the Dodd-Frank Act, Title VII may

    be cited as the ``Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of

    2010.''

    \9\ 7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.

    \10\ In this release, the terms ``swap dealer'' and ``major swap

    participant'' shall have the meanings set forth in section 721(a) of

    the Dodd-Frank Act, which added sections 1a(49) and (33) of the CEA.

    However, section 721(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act directs the Commission

    to promulgate rules to further define, among other terms, ``swap

    dealer'' and ``major swap participant.'' The Commission is in the

    process of this rulemaking. See 75 FR 80173, Dec. 21, 2010.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Section 724 of the Dodd-Frank Act prescribes the manner in which

    cleared swaps (and related collateral) \11\ must be treated prior to

    and after bankruptcy. Section 724(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act amends

    section 4d of the CEA to add a new paragraph (f). New section 4d(f)

    imposes the following requirements on an FCM, as well as any depository

    thereof (including, without limitation, a DCO):

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ Proposed regulation 22.1 defines ``Cleared Swap'' and

    ``Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.''

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1. The FCM must treat and deal with all collateral (including

    accruals thereon) deposited by a customer \12\ to margin its cleared

    swaps as belonging to such customer;

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ Proposed regulation 22.1 defines ``Cleared Swaps

    Customer.''

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. The FCM may not commingle such collateral with its own property

    and may not, with certain exceptions, use such collateral to margin the

    cleared swaps of any person other than the customer depositing such

    collateral;

    3. A DCO may not hold or dispose of the collateral that an FCM

    receives from a customer to margin cleared swaps as belonging to the

    FCM or any person other than the customer; and

    4. The FCM and the DCO may only invest such collateral in

    enumerated investments.

    Section 724(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act governs bankruptcy treatment

    of cleared swaps by clarifying that cleared swaps are ``commodity

    contracts'' within the meaning of section 761(4)(F) of the Bankruptcy

    Code.\13\ Therefore, in the event of an FCM or DCO insolvency, cleared

    swaps customers may invoke the protections of Subchapter IV of Chapter

    7 of the Bankruptcy Code (``Subchapter IV''). Such protections include:

    (i) Protected transfers of cleared swaps and related collateral; \14\

    and (ii) if cleared swaps are subject to liquidation, preferential

    distribution of remaining collateral.\15\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \13\ 11 U.S.C. 761(4)(F).

    \14\ See, e.g., 11 U.S.C. 764.

    \15\ See, e.g., 11 U.S.C. 766(h) and (i).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    B. Implementation Alternatives

    The Commission considered several alternatives for implementing new

    section 4d(f) of the CEA. The first alternative that the Commission

    explored was legal segregation with operational commingling (the

    ``Legal Segregation Model''). Under the Legal Segregation Model, each

    FCM and DCO would enter (or ``segregate''), in its books and records,

    the cleared swaps of each individual customer and relevant collateral.

    Each FCM and DCO would ensure that such entries are separate from

    entries indicating (i) FCM or DCO obligations or (ii) the obligations

    of non-cleared swaps customers. Operationally, however, each FCM and

    DCO would be permitted to hold (or ``commingle'') the relevant

    collateral in one account. Each FCM and DCO would ensure that such

    account is separate from any account holding FCM or DCO property or

    holding property belonging to non-cleared swaps customers.

    Under the Legal Segregation Model, the FCM, prior to default, would

    ensure that the DCO does not use the collateral of one cleared swaps

    customer to support the obligations of another customer by making

    certain that the value of the cleared swaps collateral that the DCO

    holds equals or exceeds the value of all cleared swaps collateral that

    it has received to secure the contracts of the FCM's customers. The

    Commission considered two possible scenarios after a simultaneous

    default of the FCM and of one or more cleared swaps customers. First,

    the Commission contemplated permitting the DCO to access the collateral

    of the defaulting cleared swaps customers, but not the collateral of

    the non-defaulting cleared swaps customers (the ``Complete Legal

    Segregation Model'').\16\ Second, the Commission contemplated

    permitting the DCO to access the collateral of the non-defaulting

    cleared swaps customers, after the DCO applies its own capital to cure

    the default, as well as the guaranty fund contributions of its non-

    defaulting FCM members (the ``Legal Segregation with Recourse

    Model'').\17\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \16\ The Complete Legal Segregation Model was referred to as the

    Legal Segregation with Commingling model in the ANPR.

    \17\ The Legal Segregation with Recourse Model was known as the

    Moving Customers to the Back of the Waterfall model in the ANPR.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As its second alternative, the Commission explored full physical

    segregation (the ``Physical Segregation Model'').\18\ Prior to FCM

    default, the Physical Segregation Model differs from the Legal

    Segregation Model only operationally. Like the Legal Segregation Model,

    each FCM and DCO would enter (or ``segregate''), in its books and

    records, the cleared swaps of each individual customer and relevant

    collateral. However, unlike the Legal Segregation Model, each FCM and

    DCO would maintain separate individual accounts for the relevant

    collateral. Hence, prior to default, the FCM would ensure that the DCO

    does not use the collateral of one cleared swaps customer to support

    the obligations of another customer by making certain that the DCO does

    not mistakenly transfer collateral in (i) the account belonging to the

    former to (ii) the account belonging to the latter. After a

    simultaneous default of the FCM and of one or more cleared swaps

    customers, the Physical Segregation Model leads to the same result as

    the Complete Legal Segregation Model. Specifically, the DCO would be

    permitted to access the collateral of the defaulting cleared swaps

    customers, but not the collateral of the non-defaulting customers.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ In the ANPR, the Commission referred to this model as Full

    Physical Segregation.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As its third alternative, the Commission explored replicating the

    [[Page 33821]]

    segregation requirement currently applicable to futures (the ``Futures

    Model'').\19\ Prior to default, the Futures Model shares certain

    similarities with the Legal Segregation Model. Specifically, each FCM

    would enter (or ``segregate''), in its books and records, the cleared

    swaps of each individual customer and relevant collateral. Each DCO,

    however, would recognize, in its books and records, the cleared swaps

    that an FCM intermediates on a collective (or ``omnibus'') basis. Each

    FCM and DCO would be permitted to hold (or ``commingle'') all cleared

    swaps collateral in one account. After default, the Futures Model

    shares certain similarities with the Legal Segregation with Recourse

    Model. Specifically, the DCO would be permitted to access the

    collateral of the non-defaulting cleared swaps customers. However,

    under the Futures Model, the DCO would be permitted to access such

    collateral before applying its own capital or the guaranty fund

    contributions of non-defaulting FCM members.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ See sections 4d(a) and (b) of the CEA, as well as

    regulations 1.20 to 1.30. The Futures Model was referred to as the

    Baseline model in the ANPR.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Finally, the Commission explored permitting a DCO to choose between

    (i) the Legal Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse),

    (ii) the Physical Segregation Model, and (iii) the Futures Model,

    rather than mandating any particular alternative.

    C. Solicitation of Public Input Regarding the Alternatives

    Throughout the fall and winter of 2010, the Commission sought

    public comment on the alternatives mentioned above, and on the

    advisability of permitting the DCO to choose between alternatives.

    First, the Commission, through its staff, held extensive external

    meetings with three segments of stakeholders (i.e., DCOs, FCMs, and

    swaps customers).\20\ Second, on October 22, 2010, the Commission,

    through its staff, held the Roundtable. Third, on November 19, 2010,

    the Commission issued the ANPR.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ A list of external meetings is available at: http://www.cftc.gov/LawRegulation/DoddFrankAct/Rulemakings/DF_6_SegBankruptcy/index.htm.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1. Roundtable

    As the ANPR describes, the Roundtable revealed that stakeholders

    had countervailing concerns regarding the alternatives that the

    Commission set forth. On the one hand, a number of swaps customers

    argued that the Commission should focus on effectively eliminating

    fellow-customer risk \21\ and investment risk.\22\ Such swaps customers

    emphasized that (i) they currently transact in uncleared swaps, (ii)

    they are able to negotiate for individual segregation at independent

    third parties for collateral supporting such uncleared swaps, and

    therefore (iii) they are currently subject to neither Fellow-Customer

    Risk nor Investment Risk. Such customers found it inappropriate that,

    under certain alternatives that the Commission set forth, they should

    be subject to Fellow-Customer Risk and Investment Risk when they

    transact in cleared swaps. As the ANPR noted, pension funds were

    specifically concerned about whether Fellow-Customer Risk and

    Investment Risk would be incompatible with their obligations under the

    Employee Retirement Income Security Act.\23\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \21\ ``Fellow-Customer Risk'' is the risk that a DCO would

    access the collateral of non-defaulting cleared swaps customers to

    cure an FCM default. Basically, among other things, an FCM functions

    as a guarantor of customer transactions with a DCO. Section 4d(f) of

    the CEA prohibits an FCM from using the collateral deposited by one

    cleared swaps customer to support the transactions of another

    customer. Therefore, if one cleared swaps customer owes money to the

    FCM (i.e., the customer has a debit balance), the FCM, acting as

    guarantor, must deposit its own capital with the DCO to settle

    obligations attributable to such customer. If such customer defaults

    to the FCM, and the obligations attributable to such customer are so

    significant that the FCM does not have sufficient capital to meet

    such obligations, then the FCM would default to the DCO.

    In general, DCOs maintain packages of financial resources to

    cure the default. The first element of such packages is the property

    of the defaulting FCM (i.e., collateral deposited to support FCM

    proprietary transactions and contributions to the DCO guaranty

    fund). As mentioned above, other elements of such packages may

    include: (i) The collateral that the FCM deposited to support the

    transactions of non-defaulting cleared swaps customers; (ii) a

    portion of the capital of the DCO; and (iii) contributions to the

    guaranty fund from other DCO members. Typically, a DCO would exhaust

    one element before moving onto the next element. Therefore, the risk

    that the DCO would use any one element depends on the position of

    that element in the package.

    \22\ ``Investment Risk'' is the risk that each cleared swaps

    customer would share pro rata in any decline in the value of FCM or

    DCO investments of cleared swaps customer collateral. Section 4d(f)

    of the CEA permits an FCM to invest cleared swaps customer

    collateral in certain enumerated instruments. The Commission is

    proposing to expand such instruments to include those referenced in

    regulation 1.25 (as it may be amended from time to time). Even

    though (i) such investments are ``consistent with the objectives of

    preserving principal and maintaining liquidity,'' and (ii) both the

    FCM, as well as the DCO, value such investments conservatively (by,

    e.g., applying haircuts), the value of such investments may decline

    to less than the value of the collateral originally deposited. See

    regulation 1.25(b) (as proposed to be amended in Investment of

    Customer Funds and Funds Held in an Account for Foreign Futures and

    Foreign Options Transactions, 75 FR 67642, Nov. 3, 2011). In such a

    situation, all customers would share in the decline pro rata, even

    if the invested collateral belonged to certain customers and not

    others.

    \23\ 75 FR at 75163.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    On the other hand, a number of FCMs and DCOs argued that the

    benefits of effectively eliminating Fellow-Customer Risk and Investment

    Risk are outweighed by the costs. With respect to benefits, these FCMs

    and DCOs noted that the Futures Model has served the futures industry

    well for many decades. With respect to costs, these FCMs and DCOs

    described two potential sources. First, FCMs and DCOs stated that,

    depending on the manner in which the Commission proposes to eliminate

    or mitigate Fellow-Customer Risk and Investment Risk, they may

    experience substantial increases to operational costs. Second, and more

    significantly, FCMs and DCOs stated that they may incur additional risk

    costs due to proposed financial resources requirements.\24\

    Specifically, the Commission has proposed to require each DCO to

    maintain a package of financial resources sufficient, at a minimum, to:

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \24\ For a more detailed discussion regarding risk costs, see

    section II(C)(3)(b) infra.

    [e]nable the derivatives clearing organization to meet its financial

    obligations to its clearing members notwithstanding a default by the

    clearing member creating the largest financial exposure for the

    derivatives clearing organization in extreme but plausible market

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    conditions.\25\

    \25\ Financial Resources Requirements for Derivatives Clearing

    Organizations, 75 FR 63113, 63118, Oct. 14, 2010 (proposed

    regulation 39.11(a)(1)).

    The Commission has proposed to require systemically-important

    DCOs to maintain a financial resources package sufficient to cover a

    default by the two clearing members creating the largest combined

    financial exposure in extreme but plausible market conditions. Id.

    at 63119 (proposed regulation 39.29(a)).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Some DCOs may have anticipated including collateral from non-

    defaulting cleared swaps customers as an element in their financial

    resources packages. If DCOs no longer have access to such collateral,

    then those DCOs would need to obtain additional financial resources to

    meet proposed Commission requirements. As the ANPR noted, DCOs stated

    that they could obtain such financial resources in two ways (or a

    combination thereof). They can increase the amount of collateral that

    each cleared swaps customer must provide to margin its cleared swaps.

    Alternatively, they can increase the amount of capital that each FCM

    must contribute to the relevant DCO guaranty funds. Both FCMs and DCOs

    averred that the costs associated with obtaining such additional

    financial resources may be

    [[Page 33822]]

    substantial, and would ultimately be borne by cleared swaps

    customers.\26\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \26\ 75 FR at 75163. For example, one DCO estimated that it

    would have to increase the amount of collateral that each cleared

    swaps customer must provide by 60 percent, if it could no longer

    access the collateral of non-defaulting cleared swaps customers to

    cure certain defaults.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. ANPR

    a. Questions

    Given the countervailing concerns that stakeholders expressed at

    the Roundtable, the Commission decided to seek further comment through

    the ANPR on the potential benefits and costs of (i) the Legal

    Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse), (ii) the

    Physical Segregation Model, and (iii) the Futures Model. As the ANPR

    explicitly stated, ``[t]he Commission [was] seeking to achieve two

    basic goals: Protection of customers and their collateral, and

    minimization of costs imposed on customers and on the industry as a

    whole.'' \27\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ Id.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Although the ANPR sought comment on the abovementioned models from

    the general public, it addressed specific questions to the three

    segments of stakeholders (i.e., DCOs, FCMs, and swaps customers). The

    Commission asked all three segments to identify the benefits of each

    model relative to the others. The Commission then asked all three

    segments to estimate the costs of implementing each model from their

    perspective. Specifically, for FCMs, the Commission asked for estimates

    of (i) FCM compliance costs for each model (other than the Futures

    Model) and (ii) FCM costs resulting from DCOs seeking additional

    financial resources to meet proposed Commission requirements. For DCOs,

    the Commission asked for estimates of: (i) DCO, as well as FCM,

    compliance costs for each model (other than the Futures Model); and

    (ii) DCO, as well as FCM, costs resulting from DCOs seeking additional

    financial resources to meet proposed Commission requirements. In

    addition to the above, the Commission requested comment on the impact

    of each model on behavior, as well as whether Congress evinced intent

    for the Commission to adopt any one or more of these models.

    b. Comments: Background

    The Commission received thirty-one comments from twenty-nine

    commenters.\28\ Of the commenters, fifteen represented current or

    potential cleared swaps customers (i.e., buy-side firms or groups),\29\

    eight represented FCMs or investment firms (or organizations

    thereof),\30\ four were DCOs,\31\ one was the National Futures

    Association (``NFA''), and one was from a legal practitioner.\32\ The

    Commission invites further comment on any of the issues raised and the

    factual and analytical points made in the comments received in response

    to the ANPR.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \28\ Federated Investors submitted two comments, both of which

    focused on the investment of cleared swaps customer collateral. ISDA

    submitted two comments, an original comment (the ``ISDA Original'')

    and, later, a supplemental comment (the ``ISDA Supplemental'').

    \29\ Buy-side firms or groups (collectively, the ``buy-side'')

    included the following: (i) Alternative Investment Management

    Association (``AIMA''); (ii) BlackRock, Inc. (``BlackRock''); (iii)

    California Public Employees Retirement System (``CALPERS''); (iv)

    Coalition for Derivatives End Users (by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher);

    (v) Coalition for Energy End Users; (vi) Committee on Investment of

    Employee Benefit Assets (``CIEBA''); (vii) Federal Farm Credit Banks

    Funding Corp.; (viii) Federal Home Loan Banks (``FHLB''); (ix)

    Fidelity Investments (``Fidelity''); (x) Freddie Mac; (xi)

    Investment Company Institute; (xii) Managed Funds Association;

    (xiii) Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association Asset

    Management Group (``SIFMA-AMG''); (xiv) Tudor Investment

    Corporation; and (xv) Vanguard.

    \30\ FCMs or investment firms (or organizations thereof)

    (collectively, the ``FCMs'') included the following: (i) Citigroup

    Global Markets, Inc. (``Citigroup Capital Markets''); (ii) Federated

    Investors, Inc. (Freeman and Hawke); (iii) Futures Industry

    Association; (iv) International Swaps and Derivatives Association

    (``ISDA'') (Original and Supplemental); (v) Newedge USA, LLC

    (``Newedge''); (vi) Norges Bank Investment Management; (vii)

    Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (``SIFMA'');

    and (viii) State Street Corporation.

    \31\ DCOs (collectively, the ``DCOs'') included the following:

    (i) CME Group (``CME''); (ii) IntercontinentalExchange, Inc.

    (``ICE''); (iii) LCH Clearnet Group (``LCH''); and (iv) Minneapolis

    Grain Exchange, Inc.

    \32\ Jerrold Salzman.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The comments were generally divided by the nature of the commenter:

    most (though not all) of the buy-side commenters favored either the

    Legal Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse) or the

    Physical Segregation Model, manifesting a willingness to bear the added

    costs. Most of the FCMs and DCOs favored the Futures Model. LCH favored

    the Complete Legal Segregation Model. Finally, ISDA, in its

    supplemental comment, opined that the most important factor that the

    Commission should consider is the extent to which a model fostered the

    portability \33\ of cleared swaps belonging to non-defaulting

    customers. ISDA noted that the Physical Segregation Model and what is

    now referred to as the Complete Legal Segregation Model were most

    conducive to that goal.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \33\ Portability refers to the ability to reliably transfer the

    swaps (and related collateral) of a non-defaulting customer from an

    insolvent FCM to a solvent FCM, without the necessity of liquidating

    and re-establishing the swaps.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    c. Comments: Discussion

    In general, comments to the ANPR addressed the following major

    issues: (i) Concerns with statutory interpretation; (ii) the

    appropriate basis for comparison of benefits and costs for each model;

    (iii) estimates of costs, and the assumptions underlying such

    estimates; (iv) the benefits of individual collateral protection (e.g.,

    on Fellow-Customer Risk, Investment Risk, systemic risk, induced

    changes in behavior, and portfolio margining); and (v) the

    appropriateness of optional models.

    1. Statutory Issues

    Section 4d(f)(6) of the CEA prohibits ``any person, including any

    derivatives clearing organization * * *'' from holding, disposing, or

    using cleared swaps customer collateral ``for deposit in a separate

    account or accounts * * * as belonging to * * * any person other than

    the swaps customer of the futures commission merchant.'' The emphasis

    on ``separate account or accounts'' and the use of ``customer'' in the

    singular contrasts with section 4d(b) of the CEA (applicable to futures

    customer contracts and related collateral). In the ANPR, the Commission

    asked for comment as to whether Congress evinced intent to create a

    segregation regime that protects cleared swaps (and related customer

    collateral) on a more individualized basis than futures (and related

    customer collateral). In general, commenters presented opposing views.

    For example, one commenter viewed use of the singular term ``customer''

    in section 4d(f)(6) of the CEA as a ``critical difference.'' \34\

    Similarly, another commenter viewed such use ``as direction to the * *

    * Commission to ensure that customer initial margin [for cleared swaps]

    is not put at risk on account of actions of other customers.'' \35\ In

    contrast, a third commenter expressed doubt as to whether Congress

    would ``adopt such a subtle method of moving away from [omnibus

    customer protection] and directing the use of individually segregated

    accounts for cleared swaps.'' \36\ The commenter further observed that

    it would be anomalous to afford greater protection to cleared

    [[Page 33823]]

    swaps customers, many of which are large and presumed to be

    sophisticated, than futures customers, some of whom might be individual

    or ``retail'' customers.\37\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \34\ CIEBA at 4 at note 2.

    \35\ FHLB at 3 at note 3.

    Additionally, some commenters maintained that the Futures Model

    depends on an interpretive statement issued by the Office of the

    General Counsel, which they describe as ``dated and questionable''

    in relation to cleared swaps. See FHLB at 4, Federal Farm Credit

    Banks Funding Corporation at 3. See also Interpretative Statement,

    No. 85-3, Regarding the Use of Segregated Funds by Clearing

    Organizations Upon Default by Member Firms (OGC Aug. 12, 1985).

    \36\ CME at 5.

    \37\ See CME at 5-6.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. What is the appropriate starting point?

    In general, commenters presented opposing views on whether the

    Commission should consider the benefits and costs of each model in

    light of current swaps practice or current futures practice. Most buy-

    side commenters stated that benefits and costs of each model should be

    informed by current swaps practice. First, these commenters emphasized

    that they are currently able to negotiate for individual collateral

    protection at independent third parties, and are therefore exposed to

    neither Fellow-Customer Risk nor Investment Risk. Second, these

    commenters stated that they are accustomed to the costs associated with

    individual collateral protection and note that their counterparties

    enjoy profit from this business model. Finally, these commenters

    maintained that the Futures Model forms an inappropriate basis for the

    consideration of benefits and costs because:

    (i) The Commission is contemplating the appropriate segregation

    regime for cleared swaps and related customer collateral; (ii) the

    Futures Model references industry conventions for futures contracts and

    related collateral; and (iii) the market for cleared swaps has

    developed and may continue to develop in a different manner than the

    market for futures contracts.\38\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \38\ For example, the swaps markets have historically been

    bespoke, whereas the futures markets have historically been more

    standardized. Such historical differences may persist while the

    swaps markets transition from the over-the-counter environment to a

    cleared and transparent environment. Specifically, while the swaps

    market ``dwarf[s]'' the futures market, ``the tremendous diversity

    in products and trade parameters'' in the swaps market ``effectively

    results in a lower liquidity,'' thereby resulting in the risks that

    omnibus clearing poses for swaps customers to be significantly

    greater than they are for futures customers. See Fidelity at 6,

    Vanguard at 2-5.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In contrast, a number of commenters, primarily the FCMs and the

    DCOs, suggested that the benefits and costs of each model should be

    informed by current futures practice. In support of this position,

    these commenters note that the futures segregation requirement has

    served the futures industry well for many decades.

    3. Costs

    In general, commenters estimated the costs of implementing each

    model in light of the basis for consideration that they viewed most

    appropriate. For example, those commenters that argued that current

    swaps practice should inform the benefits and costs of each model

    emphasized that they have been willing to bear the costs for individual

    collateral protection. In contrast, those commenters that argued that

    current futures practice should inform the benefits and costs of each

    model emphasized that implementing either the Legal Segregation Model

    (whether Complete or with Recourse) or the Physical Segregation Model

    would lead to substantial costs. As mentioned above, they described two

    major sources for such costs: (i) Operational costs; and (ii) costs

    associated with obtaining additional financial resources to meet

    proposed Commission requirements (assuming that the Commission

    prohibits a DCO from accessing the collateral of non-defaulting cleared

    swaps customers to cure an FCM default) (the ``Risk Costs'').\39\

    Certain other commenters disagreed with the assumptions underlying

    estimates of Risk Costs, but not those underlying estimates of

    operational costs.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ Additionally, induced changes in behavior may create a

    systemic cost. Such costs have been addressed under the rubric of

    moral hazard below.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    a. Operational Costs \40\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \40\ Some commenters claim that it may be difficult for FCMs and

    DCOs to maintain separate models for futures customer collateral and

    cleared swaps customer collateral.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For the Physical Segregation Model, one commenter estimates that an

    FCM would incur upfront operational costs of $33 million and ongoing

    operational costs of $136 million.\41\ Another commenter estimates that

    a DCO would incur upfront operational costs of $7.5 million and ongoing

    operational costs of $40 million.\42\ In contrast, for the Legal

    Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse), commenters have

    suggested that the operational costs would be more modest. For example,

    commenters estimate that an FCM would incur upfront operational costs

    of $1 million and ongoing operational costs of $700,000.\43\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \41\ ISDA Original at 10.

    \42\ See generally ICE at 10-12.

    As mentioned above, the Physical Segregation Model would require

    that each FCM and DCO maintain a separate account for each cleared

    swaps customer. Therefore, the costs that commenters identify

    include, among other things, (i) the costs to establish and maintain

    such accounts, (ii) the costs to effect separate fund transfers

    between such accounts, (iii) the costs of account reconciliation,

    and (iv) the costs to establish the information technology

    infrastructure for such accounts.

    \43\ See ISDA Supplemental at 7. This modifies the ongoing

    figure in ISDA Original at 10 (the upfront figure there is correct).

    In contrast to the Physical Segregation Model, the Legal

    Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse) would permit

    an FCM and a DCO to continue maintaining omnibus accounts, while

    requiring enhanced reporting. Therefore, the costs that commenters

    identify pertain mostly to such reporting.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    b. The Risk Costs

    i. The physical segregation model and the complete legal

    segregation model.

    Both the Physical Segregation Model and the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model would result in Risk Costs,\44\ because they both

    prohibit a DCO from accessing the collateral of non-defaulting cleared

    swaps customers. As mentioned above, a DCO may seek to cover Risk Costs

    in two different ways (or a combination thereof). First, the DCO may

    increase the amount of collateral that each cleared swaps customer must

    provide to margin its cleared swaps. One commenter estimated that this

    increase may equal 69.75 percent (i.e., a total increase of $581

    billion). Second, a DCO may increase the amount of resources that each

    FCM must contribute to the guaranty fund. The same commenter estimated

    that a DCO may double such contributions (i.e., a total increase of

    $128 billion).\45\ Another commenter--a DCO--agrees with such estimate,

    stating that it would double FCM contributions to its guaranty fund

    (i.e., the guaranty fund would increase from $50 billion to $100

    billion).\46\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \44\ One should note that the dollar figures for Risk Costs

    presented by commenters and described in the text represent

    increased use of capital, not actual costs. The cost associated with

    these figures would reflect the opportunity cost of forgoing

    possible higher return from alternative uses of the capital in

    question.

    \45\ See ISDA Original at 12-13. One should note that this

    amount represents increased use of capital, and thus does not

    represent hundreds of billions in costs.

    \46\ See CME at 8-9. This commenter also would consider the use

    of ``concentration margin'' to cover such Risk Costs. According to

    such commenter, charging concentration margin would constitute a

    ``more targeted approach,'' because a DCO would charge extra margin

    ``to the customer cleared-swap accounts in the clearing system with

    the largest potential shortfalls,'' rather than increasing the

    overall size of the guaranty fund. The commenter acknowledges that

    it ``currently lack[s] sufficient information to precisely assess an

    appropriate methodology to incorporate concentration margin in a

    potential financial-safeguards regime,'' but does state that

    ``likely concentration charges would fall in the range of $50

    billion to $250 billion.'' The commenter anticipates that customers

    using ``cleared swaps to hedge exposures in other markets may bear

    the brunt of a concentration margin approach.'' The Commission notes

    that such an approach may arguably provide for better alignment of

    risk-creation and risk-assumption, which commenters from the buy-

    side have requested.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    ii. The legal segregation with recourse model and the futures

    model.

    Based on the rationale articulated above, neither the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Model nor the Futures Model would result in a

    need to obtain

    [[Page 33824]]

    additional financial resources to meet proposed Commission

    requirements, since under these models DCOs would have access to the

    collateral of non-defaulting customers in the event of a simultaneous

    default by an FCM and one or more customers.\47\ However, one commenter

    observed that the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model increases the

    likelihood that a DCO would access (i) its own contribution and (ii)

    the guaranty fund contributions of non-defaulting FCM members, in each

    case, to cure a default. The commenter stated that ``[t]he increased

    risk to which the DCO and clearing members would be exposed represents

    a real wealth transfer from the clearing infrastructure (DCOs and

    clearing members), upon which systemic safety is to depend, to

    clients.'' \48\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \47\ See ISDA Original at 12-13. See ISDA Supplemental at 5-6.

    For a sense of scale, ISDA estimated that, under the Futures Model

    and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model, industry-wide initial

    margin for cleared swaps customer contracts would total $833

    billion, and DCO guaranty funds would total $128 billion.

    \48\ See ISDA Supplemental at 6.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    c. Assumptions Underlying Risk Costs

    Certain commenters disagreed with the assumptions underlying the

    estimates of Risk Costs for the Complete Legal Segregation Model and

    the Physical Segregation Model. Specifically, they questioned whether,

    upon an FCM default, a DCO would have any collateral of non-defaulting

    cleared swaps customers left to access. These commenters noted that, if

    an FCM declines over time, customers may begin transferring their

    cleared swaps collateral to more creditworthy FCMs.\49\ Therefore, a

    DCO may choose not to rely on the collateral of non-defaulting cleared

    swaps customers for risk management reasons. If the DCO makes such a

    choice, it would incur no Risk Costs in adopting either the Complete

    Legal Segregation Model or the Physical Segregation Model. These

    commenters observed that certain DCOs experienced in clearing swaps

    have already made such a choice.\50\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \49\ See, e.g., Citigroup Capital Markets at 1-2 (``customers of

    a deteriorating, non-defaulted FCM have the ability pursuant to CFTC

    regulation and clearing house rules to move their positions to an

    alternative FCM''), Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corp. at 4

    (``when faced with a clearing member's potential deterioration in

    credit * * * a customer [may] transfer its positions to another

    clearing member which could have the unintended effect of

    accelerating a clearing member's credit problems''), LCH at 2-3

    (stating that while in a ``shock event,'' a DCO may access

    collateral from non-defaulting cleared swaps customers, in the

    contrasting case of an FCM default following a gradual decline,

    ``the assumption of access to non-defaulting client Initial Margin

    does not hold'').

    \50\ For example, LCH stated that, in order for

    DCOs [to be] managed prudently * * * their risk waterfalls must

    cater for all events, not just `shock' events. This requires that

    DCOs clearing swaps must always assume that no client Initial Margin

    is available at the point of a default, as this is the most

    conservative assumption from a risk management standpoint.

    Id.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    4. Benefits

    a. Fellow-Customer Risk and Investment Risk

    In general, commenters agreed that the Physical Segregation Model

    would eliminate Investment Risk, and that such model, along with the

    Legal Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse), would

    mitigate Fellow-Customer Risk. As mentioned above, commenters disagreed

    on whether such benefits would outweigh the operational costs and Risk

    Costs, as applicable, which would be incurred to implement such

    models.\51\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \51\ Compare CME at 4 (`` * * * adopting an individual

    segregation model for customer cleared swaps * * * would impose

    significantly higher costs on customers and clearing members * * *

    the increased costs may decrease participation in the CFTC-regulated

    cleared swaps market * * * .'') with BlackRock at 2 (``We fail to

    understand why protecting collateral for segregation for the OTC

    Derivative Account Class when done at an FCM is associated with high

    costs when the OTC derivatives market has been able to function as a

    profitable business with collateral segregation as part of this

    business model'').

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    b. Portability

    One commenter emphasized that the most important factor that the

    Commission should consider in deciding which model to propose is the

    effect of that model on the portability of the cleared swaps of non-

    defaulting customers in the event of an FCM default. The commenter

    stated that the Physical Segregation Model and the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model would most facilitate portability.\52\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \52\ See ISDA Supplemental at 4.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    c. Systemic Risk

    A number of commenters described ways in which the Legal

    Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse) or the Physical

    Segregation Model may mitigate systemic risk. The commenter that

    emphasized the importance of portability stated that the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model or the Physical Segregation Model would mitigate

    systemic risk by enhancing portability of the cleared swaps of non-

    defaulting customers in the event of FCM default.\53\ However, this

    commenter did not believe that the Legal Segregation with Recourse

    Model would mitigate systemic risk to the same extent since it would

    not facilitate portability to the same extent as the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model.\54\ Second, certain commenters suggested that the

    Legal Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse) or the

    Physical Segregation Model may ameliorate certain pro-cyclical

    incentives under the Futures Model for bank-style ``runs'' on FCMs that

    are perceived to be weakening.\55\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \53\ See id. at 4, 7. ISDA also noted that ``[f]ellow customer

    risk, properly conceived, includes the cost incurred by non-

    defaulting clients as the result of a DCO closing out their

    positions following a client and FCM default.'' See also id. at 2

    (``We believe that the client desire for continuance of transactions

    and the avoidance of systemic risk requires additional focus on the

    facilitation of trade portability and the re-prioritization of

    close-out procedures as the option of last resort. From a client

    point of view, the enforced close-out of positions could lead to

    significant losses, particularly for a financial entity hedging

    other rate exposures. The close-out of even a portion of a large

    derivative book, like that which is currently run by a GSE, for

    example, may create huge losses for the swap hedger, and ultimately

    significant costs to the taxpayer. Further, for clients that are

    subject to regulatory capital requirements, a reduction in the

    ability to port positions may lead to higher regulatory capital

    costs'').

    \54\ See id. at 5. The commenter further observed that the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Model represents a ``wealth transfer''

    from the DCO and its FCM members to cleared swaps customers relative

    to the Futures Model, which may increase systemic risk to the extent

    that such transfer weakens the DCO and the FCMs.

    \55\ See FHLB at 7 (``the primary way for customers to manage

    their fellow-customer risk is to have advance arrangements in place

    that would allow them to quickly move their cleared trades from a

    defaulting clearing member to another clearing member * * * [this]

    may prompt the equivalent of a `run on the bank' when information

    becomes available that suggests a clearing member may be facing

    financial stress'' which may not ``make[] sense from a systemic risk

    perspective''). See also AIMA at 1 (where ``client collateral is

    inadequately protected, '' ``lack of confidence in the system * * *

    can cause customers to seek to avoid losses by liquidating or moving

    their positions in stressed market conditions, causing `runs' on

    futures commission merchants, greatly exacerbating market stress and

    contributing to wider financial instability'').

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    d. Induced Changes in Behavior

    In general, commenters offered different opinions on the

    appropriate focus of induced changes in behavior analysis. For example,

    certain commenters focused on the effects of the Futures Model on the

    motivations of the DCO. As mentioned above, under the Futures Model, a

    DCO may access the collateral of non-defaulting cleared swaps customers

    prior to its own capital in the event of an FCM default. Therefore, the

    above-mentioned commenters argued that under the Futures Model a DCO

    may be less motivated to ensure that each FCM member is managing the

    risks posed by cleared swaps customers properly than under Legal

    Segregation or Physical Segregation models.\56\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \56\ See, e.g., Freddie Mac at 3, 4; BlackRock at 5; Vanguard at

    7.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [[Page 33825]]

    Other commenters focused on the effect of the Legal Segregation

    Model (especially Complete) and the Physical Segregation Model on the

    motivations of cleared swaps customers and FCMs. First, these

    commenters argued that such models would cause changes in behavior,

    because cleared swaps customers benefitting from individual collateral

    protection would be less motivated to create market discipline by

    clearing thorough less risky firms.\57\ Second, these commenters

    contended that FCMs would be less motivated to maintain substantial

    excess net capital in order to present a more attractive profile to

    customers.\58\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \57\ See, e.g., CME at 4, ISDA Supplemental at 6.

    \58\ See, e.g., ISDA Supplemental at 6.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Finally, a number of commenters observed that an important

    consideration in selecting a model is the effect that the model would

    have on the willingness of cleared swaps customers to maintain excess

    margin. The more protective of cleared swaps customer collateral a

    model is, the more likely it is that cleared swaps customers would be

    willing to maintain excess margin.

    e. Portfolio Margining

    A number of commenters expressed concern that the use of models

    other than the Futures Model would create fragmented segregation

    requirements (whether across securities and commodities accounts, or

    between different classes of commodities accounts), which in turn would

    create barriers to the ability of cleared swaps customers to portfolio

    margin.\59\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \59\ See SIFMA at 3-4, Investment Company Institute at 5-6,

    Futures Industry Association at 6.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    5. The Optional Approach \60\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \60\ The Optional Approach may be implemented in two ways.

    First, the Commission may permit each DCO to offer more than one

    model for protecting cleared swaps customer contracts and related

    collateral. For example, certain FCM members may choose the Complete

    Legal Segregation Model, whereas other FCM members may choose the

    Legal Segregation with Recourse Model. Second, the Commission may

    permit each DCO to offer a different model for protecting cleared

    swaps customer contracts and related collateral. For example, a DCO

    could choose to offer the Complete Legal Segregation Model to all of

    its FCM members, whereas another DCO could choose to offer the

    Futures Model.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Finally, a number of commenters suggested that the Commission

    permit DCOs the option of offering different models for protecting

    cleared swaps customer contracts and related collateral (the ``Optional

    Approach'').\61\ However, other commenters found the Optional Approach

    to be impracticable.\62\ Still other commenters stated that the

    Optional Approach may not succeed in reducing costs for those cleared

    swaps customers that do not opt for greater protection, and that the

    Optional Approach, depending on the manner in which it is structured,

    may indeed increase the amount of funds such customers have at

    risk.\63\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \61\ See, e.g., Freddie Mac at 3 (``requiring DCOs to provide

    individual segregation on an optional basis is the best way to

    achieve the Commission's twin goals of maximizing customer

    protection and minimizing cost''), NFA at 2 (The ``better mousetrap

    may involve * * * clearing organizations adopting one of the other

    models discussed by the Commission. The Commission's regulations

    should ensure that DCOs have the flexibility to offer those

    alternative structures * * *'').

    \62\ See, e.g., ICE at 12 (``ICE's general sense is that any

    bifurcated or optional model will further complicate the settlement

    process and lead to greater uncertainty during times of financial

    stress''), Investment Company Institute at 6 (``Due to the host of

    legal, regulatory, operational and other issues which would be

    presented, ICI does not believe that it would be appropriate to

    implement individual customer protection on an optional rather than

    a mandatory basis in connection with this rulemaking proceeding * *

    *'').

    \63\ See, e.g., ISDA Original at 13 (``if highly credit worthy

    customers choose the more expensive, higher protection option,''

    pooling may be less effective from the point of view of the DCO,

    which may be required to increase initial margin for all customers,

    including those choosing to bear fellow customer risk, forcing the

    latter to bear both increased funding cost and a greater amount of

    funds at risk).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    III. The Proposed Rules

    After carefully considering all comments, the Commission has

    decided to propose the Complete Legal Segregation Model in this NPRM

    for the following reasons.

    First, as discussed in section III(A) herein, the Commission

    believes that section 4d(f) of the CEA provides it with authority to

    propose the Complete Legal Segregation Model. Further, the Commission

    believes that the language of section 4d(f) of the CEA supports

    strongly considering the current swaps practice.

    Second, as discussed in section III(D) herein, the Commission

    believes that the Complete Legal Segregation Model provides the best

    balance between benefits and costs in order to protect market

    participants and the public. Section III(B) herein describes the

    Commission's evaluation of the costs of each model, whereas section

    III(C) herein describes the Commission's evaluation of the benefits of

    each model.

    As mentioned in section I (Introduction) herein, the Commission is

    continuing to assess the benefits and costs of the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model. As part of such assessment, the Commission is

    considering whether to adopt, in the alternative, the Legal Segregation

    with Recourse Model. Further, the Commission is continuing to assess

    the feasibility of the Optional Approach and the Futures Model, and

    seeks comments thereon.

    The Commission requests comments on (i) its proposal, (ii) whether

    it should adopt, in the alternative, the Legal Segregation with

    Recourse Model, and (iii) whether it should adopt the Optional Approach

    or the Futures Model. The Commission has set forth specific questions

    below.

    A. Statutory Issues and the Appropriate Starting Point

    Section 4d(f) of the CEA provides the Commission with the authority

    to afford individualized protection to cleared swaps customer

    collateral. As mentioned above, new section 4d(f)(6) of the CEA

    prohibits ``any person, including any derivatives clearing organization

    * * * '' from holding, disposing, or using customer collateral ``for

    deposit in a separate account or accounts * * * as belonging to * * *

    any person other than the swaps customer of the futures commission

    merchant.'' The reference to ``separate account or accounts'' and the

    use of ``customer'' in the singular contrasts with section 4d(b) of the

    CEA, which governs the handling of customer collateral by DCOs in the

    futures market. Section 4d(b) prohibits a DCO from holding, disposing,

    or using customer collateral ``for deposit in a separate account * * *

    as belonging to * * * any person other than the customers of such

    futures commission merchant,'' using the plural form ``customers'' to

    refer to the property of customers collectively. The contrast between

    sections 4d(b) and 4d(f)(6) of the CEA suggests that the Commission

    need not treat cleared swaps customer collateral in the same manner as

    futures customer collateral. This is particularly true because the

    reference to ``separate account or accounts'' and ``customer'' in

    section 4d(f)(6) of the CEA accords with the individual collateral

    protection currently available in the swaps markets and contrasts with

    the omnibus approach traditionally used in futures markets. For the

    same reason, the Commission is persuaded that the costs of and

    protections provided by current swaps practices are highly relevant to

    the evaluation of alternative models for implementing the statute.

    B. Costs \64\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \64\ For additional discussion of cost issues, with particular

    reference to the costs of the proposed Complete Legal Segregation

    Model and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model relative to the

    Futures Model, see the cost-benefit analysis at section VII(C)

    infra.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1. Rationale

    As mentioned above, the Commission believes that current swaps

    practices

    [[Page 33826]]

    forms an appropriate perspective for considering the costs of each

    model for protecting cleared swaps customer collateral. The Commission

    further believes that the operational costs and Risk Costs that

    commenters have identified for each model should be examined in light

    of the current practice of many swaps customers to incur costs to

    obtain individual collateral protection with independent third-parties.

    With respect to operational costs, the Commission notes that

    commenters appeared to have relied upon appropriate assumptions in

    their estimates for the Legal Segregation Model (whether Complete or

    with Recourse) and the Physical Segregation Model.\65\ With respect to

    Risk Costs, the Commission observes that commenters appeared to have

    relied upon appropriate assumptions in their estimates for the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Model and the Futures Model.\66\ In contrast,

    the Commission finds, at least initially, persuasive the comments

    questioning the estimates of Risk Costs for the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model and the Physical Segregation Model, to the extent

    that such estimates are based on the assumption that collateral from

    non-defaulting cleared swaps customers would be fully available to DCOs

    in practice.\67\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \65\ The Commission is not persuaded by the claim that it may be

    difficult for FCMs and DCOs to maintain separate models for futures

    customer collateral and cleared swaps customer collateral. Many FCMs

    are part of organizations that currently (and in the future will)

    maintain separate models for futures and uncleared swaps, and there

    has been no evidence of problems with the ability of such FCMs to

    operate both business lines. Indeed, there are DCOs that currently

    maintain different guaranty funds for cleared swaps and futures

    contracts, and that apply materially different margin models to such

    contracts (e.g., futures contracts vs. credit default swaps vs.

    interest rate swaps), again without reported trouble.

    \66\ Regarding the comment stating that the Legal Segregation

    with Recourse Model would result in a ``wealth transfer'' from the

    DCO and its FCM members to cleared swaps customers, the Commission

    notes that such comment did not include an estimate for any

    additional costs resulting from such ``transfer.'' Moreover, such

    statement is simply the obverse of the observation by other

    commenters that the Futures Model would involve implicit costs to

    customers. See, e.g., Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corp. at 3

    (``Under the [futures] model, the hundreds of millions of dollars

    that the System Banks will likely post as initial margin and

    variation margin for cleared trades would be at economic risk'').

    \67\ For example, the size of the customer account at Lehman

    declined substantially in the days before its bankruptcy filing and

    caused DCOs to declare it in default. For additional discussion of

    the relationship of estimates of Risk Costs to assumptions about the

    availability of the collateral of non-defaulting customers in the

    event of an FCM default, see the discussion of fellow-customer

    behavior and ``diversification'' effects in relation to the design

    of a DCO's financial resources package in the cost-benefit analysis

    at section VII(C)(2)(b) infra.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. Questions

    The Commission seeks comment on potential operational costs

    associated with implementing the Futures Model, and whether such costs

    could vary depending on the volume of swaps to be cleared.

    Further, the Commission seeks comment on potential operational

    costs and Risk Costs for all models other than the Futures Model,

    especially with respect to (i) the extent to which such costs could be

    offset against the costs that swaps customers currently incur to obtain

    individual collateral protection, and (ii) the extent to which such

    costs may correspond to the implicit costs that customers may bear due

    to Fellow-Customer Risk.

    The Commission also seeks comment on the assumptions underlying

    estimates of Risk Costs for the Complete Legal Segregation Model and

    the Physical Segregation Model.

    Specifically, is it plausible that an FCM might decline

    gradually over time rather than in a sudden event? If so, is it

    plausible that customers of such a declining FCM might transfer their

    cleared swaps and related collateral to another FCM?

    If the Commission were to permit a DCO to access

    collateral from non-defaulting cleared swaps customers to cure a

    default, would it be prudent, in light of answers to the foregoing

    questions, for the DCO to rely upon such collateral in calculating the

    financial resources package that it must hold? Why or why not, or to

    what extent? If not, or if only to a limited extent, how does that

    conclusion affect the Risk Costs for the Complete Legal Segregation

    Model (as well as the Physical Segregation Model)? Do DCOs account for

    potential differences between fellow customer collateral at the time of

    calculation and expected fellow-customer collateral at the time of

    default in their default resource calculations? If so, how?

    In addition, as discussed above, a number of commenters on the ANPR

    suggested that consideration of the costs and benefits of all models

    should be informed by the protections for collateral obtained by

    customers in the existing swaps market and of the costs incurred for

    such protections.\68\ The Commission invites additional comment on

    these subjects, including quantitative information. Specifically, the

    Commission invites the submission of additional information on the

    costs of each level of protection, as well as the submission of

    detailed quantitative information on the effects, if any, of the

    absence of Fellow-Customer Risk on guaranty fund levels, margin levels

    and other economic characteristics of the use of collateral in the

    cleared swaps market. Additionally, the Commission invites the

    submission of detailed quantitative information on the costs currently

    incurred to protect collateral in the cleared and uncleared swaps

    markets.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \68\ See section II(C)(2)(c)(2) supra.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Finally, some commenters on the ANPR stated that swaps, including

    cleared swaps, have inherent characteristics that differentiate them

    from exchange-traded futures contracts and that affect the magnitude of

    the exposure that Cleared Swaps Customers have to Fellow-Customer

    Risk.\69\ The Commission invites additional comment on the prevalence

    of such characteristics and their bearing on the costs and benefits of

    the proposed rule and potential alternatives.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \69\ See, e.g., note 38, supra.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    C. Benefits \70\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \70\ For additional discussion of benefits issues, with

    particular reference to the benefits of the proposed Complete Legal

    Segregation Model and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model

    relative to the Futures Model, see the cost-benefit analysis at

    section VII(C) infra.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1. Rationale

    a. Fellow-Customer Risk and Investment Risk

    The Commission agrees with commenters that the Legal Segregation

    Model (whether Complete or with Recourse) and the Physical Segregation

    Model would mitigate Fellow-Customer Risk and Investment Risk to

    differing extents. With respect to Fellow-Customer Risk, the Commission

    believes that: (i) The Physical Segregation Model would eliminate

    Fellow-Customer Risk, albeit only to the extent permitted under the

    Bankruptcy Code; \71\ (ii) the Complete Legal Segregation Model would

    largely mitigate Fellow-Customer Risk in FCM defaults of all

    magnitudes; \72\ and (iii) the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model

    would

    [[Page 33827]]

    largely mitigate Fellow-Customer Risk \73\ in all but the most extreme

    FCM defaults.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \71\ As discussed further below, section 766(h) of the

    Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. 766(h), requires that customer property

    be distributed ``ratably to customers on the basis and to the extent

    of such customers' allowed net equity claims * * *.''

    \72\ Because the DCO would allocate collateral between

    defaulting and non-defaulting cleared swaps customers based on

    information the FCM provided the day prior to default, such

    allocation would not reflect movement in the cleared swaps portfolio

    of such customers on the day of default.

    \73\ Id.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Commission agrees with commenters that the Physical Segregation

    Model would eliminate Investment Risk because the FCM and DCO would

    invest the collateral of one cleared swaps customer separately from the

    collateral of another such customer. Therefore, the FCM or DCO may

    attribute losses on such investments to one particular customer. The

    Commission believes that the Legal Segregation Model (whether Complete

    or with Recourse) and the Futures Model would not mitigate Investment

    Risk. Such models permit the FCM and DCO to hold the collateral of all

    cleared swaps customers in one account, and therefore neither the FCM

    nor the DCO would be able to attribute investments (and losses thereon)

    to one particular customer.

    b. Portability

    The Commission agrees with commenters that the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model and the Physical Segregation Model would enhance

    portability of the cleared swaps of non-defaulting customers in the

    event of an FCM default. The Commission notes that the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Model would not likely facilitate portability

    to the same extent, because the DCO is unlikely to release the

    collateral of such non-defaulting customers until it has completed the

    process of liquidating the portfolio of the defaulting FCM and

    customers. Therefore, even if the DCO or trustee ports the cleared

    swaps of non-defaulting customers, such customers may need to post

    additional collateral at the non-defaulting FCM to support such swaps.

    Such customers may not be able to meet such increased capital demands,

    especially during a time of resource scarcity.

    c. Systemic Risk

    The Commission agrees with comments that the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model and the Physical Segregation Model would most

    mitigate systemic risk by enhancing portability of the cleared swaps of

    non-defaulting customers in the event that an FCM defaults. The

    Commission notes that certain international regulators also emphasize

    the importance of portability. For example, the Consultative Report on

    the Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures (the ``CPSS-IOSCO

    Principles'') \74\ issued by the Committee on Payment and Settlement

    Systems (``CPSS'') and the Technical Committee of the International

    Organization of Securities Commissions (``IOSCO,'' and together ``CPSS-

    IOSCO'') and the Proposal for a Regulation on OTC Derivatives, Central

    Counterparties and Trade Repositories by the European Parliament and

    Council (the ``EU Proposal'') \75\ highlight the importance of

    portability of cleared swaps customer contracts and related collateral.

    As stated in the CPSS-IOSCO Principles, the ``[e]fficient and complete

    portability of customer positions and collateral is important in both

    pre-default and post-default scenarios, but is particularly critical

    when a participant defaults or is undergoing insolvency

    proceedings''.\76\ The EU Proposal explains that segregation and

    portability are ``critical to effectively reduc[ing] counterparty

    credit risk through the use of [central counterparties], to achiev[ing]

    a level playing field among European [central counterparties] and to

    protect the legitimate interests of clients of clearing members''.\77\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \74\ See CPSS-IOSCO, CPSS-IOSCO Principles (March 10, 2011),

    available at http://www.bis.org/publ/cpss94.pdf.

    \75\ See European Commission, EU Proposal (Sept. 15, 2010),

    available at http://ec.europa.eu/internal_market/financial-markets/docs/derivatives/20100915_proposal_en.pdf.

    \76\ See CPSS-IOSCO Principles at 69.

    \77\ See EU Proposal at 10 (Sept. 15, 2010).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    d. Induced Changes in Behavior \78\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \78\ See section VII(C)(2) herein for a description of induced

    changes in behavior for DCOs if the Commission adopts either the

    Complete Legal Segregation or the Legal Segregation with Recourse

    Models.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Commission agrees with commenters that argued that the better

    the protection that a model affords to the collateral of non-defaulting

    cleared swaps customers, the more likely customers would leave excess

    margin at an FCM. In contrast, the Commission does not find persuasive

    arguments that the Legal Segregation Model (especially Complete) and

    the Physical Segregation Model would cause changes in behavior, by (i)

    discouraging cleared swaps customers from creating market discipline by

    clearing through less risky firms,\79\ or (ii) discouraging FCMs from

    maintaining substantial excess net capital to present a more attractive

    profile to customers.\80\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \79\ See, e.g., CME at 4, ISDA Supplemental at 6.

    \80\ See, e.g., ISDA Supplemental at 6.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    With respect to (i), cleared swaps customers generally cannot exert

    material market discipline because they lack information to accurately

    assess the risk of their FCMs. For example, certain commenters noted

    that cleared swaps customers cannot obtain information about the risk

    profile of fellow customers.\81\ Buy-side commenters reinforced such

    observation by stating that they would not want fellow customers

    learning of their own risk profiles.\82\ Even if FCMs were to disclose

    general policies regarding the risk profiles of customers that they

    accept, it is not clear how cleared swaps customers would learn about

    exceptions to the FCM policies that may be granted. Given the

    foregoing, the Commission is interested in whether FCM disclosures to

    cleared swaps customers could be improved. What measures could FCMs

    take to provide more comprehensive and useful disclosures regarding

    their proprietary risks and the risk profiles of their customers? For

    example, one commenter suggested that the Commission could require FCM

    disclosures to include the following:

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \81\ E.g., ADM at 3, BlackRock at 5, CIEBA at 2, 4-6, FFCB at 4,

    FHLB at 1, MFA at 8, Tudor at 2.

    \82\ E.g., BlackRock at 5, FHLB at 2.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The FCM's total equity, regulatory capital and net worth;

    The dollar value of the FCM's proprietary margin

    requirements as a percentage of its segregated and secured customer

    margin requirements;

    What number of the FCM's customers comprise an agreed

    significant percentage of its customer segregated funds;

    The aggregate notional value of non-hedged, principal OTC

    transactions into which the FCM has entered;

    The amount, generic source and purpose of any unsecured

    and uncommitted short-term funding the FCM is using;

    The aggregate amount of financing the FCM provides for

    customer transactions involving illiquid financial products for which

    it is difficult to obtain timely and accurate prices;

    The percentage of defaulting assets (debits and deficits)

    the FCM had during the prior year compared to its year-end segregated

    and secured customer funds; and

    A summary of the FCM's current risk practices, controls

    and procedures.\83\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \83\ See NewEdge at 3 to 5.

    The Commission requests comment as to whether it would make the FCM

    disclosure more useful to customers if such disclosure contained one or

    more of the elements above. Which elements would be most helpful to

    customers? What would be the cost to FCMs of generating such

    disclosures? What would be the costs and benefits to

    [[Page 33828]]

    customers of receiving and reviewing such disclosures?

    With respect to (ii), the Commission notes that FCMs have claimed

    in recent net capital rulemakings that Commission capital requirements

    are sufficient.\84\ If such capital requirements are sufficient, it

    would appear that excess net capital is not necessary.\85\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \84\ See, e.g., Newedge Letter of June 8, 2009 at 2

    (``increasing capital requirements does not necessarily ensure

    fiscal solvency.''), id. at 4 (increasing capital requirements would

    be anti-competitive). (Attachment B to the Newedge comment to this

    rulemaking).

    \85\ See section VII(C)(2)(c) infra for additional discussion of

    induced changes in behavior for DCOs, including effects on

    monitoring of FCM risk, if the Commission adopts either the Complete

    Legal Segregation or the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    e. Portfolio Margining.\86\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \86\ See section IV(A)(2) herein for a more detailed description

    of Commission orders under section 4d(f) of the CEA.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In response to concerns regarding the impact of models other than

    the Futures Model on portfolio margining,\87\ the Commission believes

    that such impact would likely be positive. Specifically, a DCO could

    more easily justify to the Commission that issuing an order under

    section 4d(f) of the CEA (or approving rules permitting commingling

    pursuant to proposed regulation 39.15(b)(2)) \88\ is appropriate if the

    regulations under such section mitigate Fellow-Customer Risk, since the

    impact of any different risk from the product being brought into the

    portfolio would be limited to the customer who chooses to trade that

    product. This is in contrast to the Futures Model, where the risks that

    the product being brought into the portfolio affect customers who do

    not--and would not--trade that product.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \87\ See SIFMA at 3-4, Investment Company Institute at 5-6,

    Futures Industry Association at 6.

    \88\ See Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on Risk Management

    Requirements for Derivatives Clearing Organizations, 76 FR 3698

    (Jan. 20, 2011).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. Questions

    The Commission seeks comment on the above analysis of benefits

    accorded by each model, including whether there are any additional

    benefits that the Commission should consider. What benefits would be

    realized by, alternatively, adopting the Futures Model?

    D. Proposing the Complete Legal Segregation Model: Weighing of Costs

    and Benefits

    As mentioned above, commenters generally agreed that customers

    would bear the costs of implementing any model. Therefore, the

    Commission believes that it is appropriate to give weight to the

    preference of customers. The Commission finds it compelling that most

    (although not all) buy-side commenters to the ANPR favored a model

    other than the Futures Model. The Commission notes that models other

    than the Futures Model would provide more individualized protection to

    cleared swaps customer collateral in accordance with section 4d(f) of

    the CEA. Any such model may provide substantial benefits in the form of

    (i) decreased Fellow-Customer Risk (as well as Investment Risk, in

    certain circumstances), (ii) increased likelihood of portability, (iii)

    decreased systemic risk, and (iv) positive impact on portfolio

    margining. The Commission seeks additional comments, in particular from

    customers, as to whether and why, in light of this NPRM, they favor or

    oppose adoption of the Futures Model. The Commission anticipates that,

    to the extent it decides to adopt the Futures Model, the proposed rule

    text from proposed regulation 22.2 to proposed regulation 22.10 would

    implement such model. The Commission notes that changes to the language

    of proposed regulation 22.15 may be necessary. Specifically, proposed

    regulation 22.15 would need to include an additional section to the

    effect that a DCO may, if its rules so provide, use the Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral of all Cleared Swaps Customers of a Depositing

    Futures Commission Merchant that has defaulted on a payment to the DCO

    with respect to its Cleared Swaps Customer Account.

    In choosing between the Legal Segregation Model (whether Complete

    or with Recourse) and the Physical Segregation Model, the Commission

    notes that the operational costs for the Physical Segregation Model are

    substantially higher than the operational costs for the Legal

    Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse).

    With respect to benefits, the Commission believes that the Physical

    Segregation Model provides only incremental advantages over the Legal

    Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse) with respect to

    the mitigation of Fellow-Customer Risk. The Physical Segregation Model,

    unlike the Legal Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse),

    does eliminate Investment Risk. However, the Commission notes that (i)

    it is in the process of further addressing Investment Risk by proposing

    amendments to regulation 1.25, and (ii) each FCM and DCO already values

    investments conservatively. Finally, the Commission observes that the

    Physical Segregation Model generally enhances portability to the same

    extent as the Complete Legal Segregation Model, and therefore would

    have similar effects on systemic risk. The Physical Segregation Model

    and the Legal Segregation Model (whether Complete or with Recourse)

    would likely enhance portfolio margining to the same extent.

    Consequently, after weighing the potential costs and benefits of

    the Physical Segregation Model, the Commission has decided that this

    model does not provide the best balance, in that it provides similar

    benefits as the Legal Segregation Model (whether Complete or with

    Recourse), but costs more to implement. Hence, the Commission has

    determined not to propose the Physical Segregation Model.

    In choosing between the Complete Legal Segregation Model and the

    Legal Segregation with Recourse Model, the Commission notes that

    commenters have argued that implementing the former would result in

    significant Risk Costs, whereas implementing the latter would result in

    no Risk Costs. As mentioned above, the Commission finds, at least

    initially, persuasive comments that question the assumptions underlying

    the estimates of Risk Costs for the Complete Legal Segregation Model.

    Nevertheless, the Commission recognizes that such assumptions form an

    area of divergence between commenters, and therefore asks for

    additional comment on the Risk Costs for the Complete Legal Segregation

    Model. The Commission observes that operational costs for the Complete

    Legal Segregation Model and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model

    are approximately the same.

    With respect to benefits, the Commission notes that the Complete

    Legal Segregation Model would mitigate Fellow-Customer Risk even in

    extreme FCM defaults, unlike the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model.

    Further, the Complete Legal Segregation Model would enhance portability

    (and therefore mitigate systemic risk) to a significantly greater

    extent than the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model. Finally, the

    Complete Legal Segregation Model would have an incremental advantage

    over the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model with respect to impact

    on portfolio margining.

    Consequently, after weighing the potential costs and benefits, the

    Commission has determined that the Complete Legal Segregation Model

    provides the best balance, and therefore has determined to propose the

    Complete Legal Segregation Model. Nevertheless, because the Commission

    is still evaluating the costs associated with such model, as well as

    with the Legal

    [[Page 33829]]

    Segregation with Recourse Model, the Commission is also considering the

    Legal Segregation with Recourse Model.\89\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \89\ See generally section IV(O) below.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    E. The Optional Approach

    1. Rationale

    As mentioned above, a number of commenters urged the Commission to

    propose the Optional Approach. The Commission has preliminarily

    declined to propose the Optional Approach because it may not be

    compatible with the Bankruptcy Code and regulation part 190 (``Part

    190''). Specifically, if customer collateral cannot be transferred,

    section 766(h) of the Bankruptcy Code \90\ requires that such

    collateral be distributed on a pro rata basis. In implementing this

    section of the Bankruptcy Code, the Commission has created in Part 190

    the ``account class'' concept, which enables customer collateral to be

    separated into different categories for distribution depending on the

    type of customer (i.e., futures customer, foreign futures customer, and

    cleared swaps customer) holding a claim. All customers belonging to one

    ``account class'' would share pro rata in the collateral attributed to

    that ``account class.'' Therefore, all cleared swaps customers would

    belong to one ``account class,'' and would share pro rata in the

    cleared swaps collateral remaining after their contracts are ported or

    liquidated. If, under the Optional Approach, certain cleared swaps

    customers had chosen a model that provided more individual collateral

    protection while others had not, the former would still share in any

    shortfalls in cleared swaps customer collateral resulting from the

    choices of the latter. The Commission notes that the ``account class''

    concept, which has been tested and upheld in prior bankruptcy

    proceedings, has never permitted customers transacting in the same type

    of contracts, with two different segregation requirements, to be deemed

    participants in separate ``account classes.'' \91\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \90\ 11 U.S.C. 761(h).

    \91\ The Commission created the ``account class'' concept in

    adopting original part 190. See 46 FR 57535 (Nov. 24, 1981). The

    Commission noted that ``the accounts held by a commodity broker

    would be divided into four types or classes: Futures accounts,

    foreign futures accounts, leverage accounts and commodity options

    accounts, which correspond to the four estates a commodity broker

    may have based upon the different types of transactions it handles

    for customers.'' Id. at 57536. These classes corresponded to

    different definitions of ``customer'' found in section 761(9) of the

    Bankruptcy Code: With respect to a ``futures commission merchant,''

    a ``foreign futures commission merchant,'' a ``leverage transaction

    merchant,'' and a ``commodity options dealer.'' See 11 U.S.C.

    761(9).

    In making that proposal, the Commission cited to text in the

    House Report for the 1978 Bankruptcy Code concerning those

    definitions, which noted that:

    It is anticipated that a debtor with multifaceted

    characteristics will have separate estates for each different kind

    of customer. Thus, a debtor that is a leverage transaction merchant

    and a commodity options dealer would have separate estates for the

    leverage transaction customers and for the options customers, and a

    general estate for other creditors.

    See H.R. Rep. 95-595 at 355, 1978 U.S.C.C.A.N. 5963, 6346.

    In the release adopting part 190, the Commission added another

    ``account class,'' delivery accounts, for property related to the

    making or taking of physical delivery by a customer. Delivery

    accounts are not mentioned in section 761(9) of the Bankruptcy Code,

    but are, again, related to a ``different kind of customer.'' See 48

    FR 8716, 8731 (Mar. 1, 1983). Similarly, in April of 2010, the

    Commission added another ``account class,'' for cleared OTC

    transactions. Once again, this represented a ``separate estate'' for

    a ``different kind of customer.'' See 75 FR 17297 (Apr. 6, 2010).

    Separating cleared swaps customers by the type of model the DCO

    adopts does not fit this tested rubric: The customers are all of the

    same ``kind,'' namely, all cleared swaps customers.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Moreover, as a number of commenters have noted, optional models may

    cause legal, regulatory, operational and other complexities.\92\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \92\ See, e.g., ICE at 12, Investment Company Institute at 6,

    LCH at 7.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. Questions

    It may be possible for the Commission to resolve the

    incompatibility between (i) the Optional Approach and (ii) the

    Bankruptcy Code and Part 190, by permitting DCOs to require that FCMs

    establish separate legal entities, each of which is limited to clearing

    at DCOs that use only one of (A) the Complete Legal Segregation Model

    or (B) the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model. The Commission notes,

    however, that this approach might cause concerns with respect to open

    access and competition. The Commission seeks comment on the

    practicability of this approach.

    What costs (including implementation, operational, and

    capital) would such DCOs and FCMs incur?

    Would FCMs be willing to establish such separate legal

    entities? What systemic risk impacts might there be, if any?

    Would such an approach create benefits or burdens in other

    contexts?

    What would be the effect of this approach on competition

    and on opening FCM access to clearing organizations?

    In addition, the Commission seeks comment on whether the Optional

    Approach should be expanded to add the Futures Model as an option. If

    so, what would be the impact on (1) costs, (2) the protection of

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, and (3) the existence of effective

    choice by customers?

    The Commission also seeks comment on whether to implement a model

    that permits DCOs to offer the Physical Segregation Model for cleared

    swaps customer collateral for some set of customers of their FCM

    members, with the remaining cleared swaps customer collateral staying

    in an omnibus account under the Futures Model. (Under this model, the

    customers in question would hold claims with respect to the collateral

    placed in physical segregation directly against the DCO rather than

    against the FCM through which the customers clear.) \93\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \93\ See comment from Jerrold Salzman, available at http://comments.cftc.gov/PublicComments/ViewComment.aspx?id=42253&SearchText= (discussing the legal

    segregation of certain customer accounts as a way to minimize fellow

    customer risk).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    How would such a model work in the ordinary course of

    business (i.e., pre-FCM member default)? For example, how would an FCM

    and a DCO structure their respective cash flows to accommodate such

    model? To the extent that an FCM or DCO may structure their cash flows

    in different ways, what are the issues, costs, or risks of each way?

    What changes to proposed Part 22 and Part 190 should the

    Commission make to accommodate this model?

    Who (e.g., the cleared swaps customer, FCM member, and

    DCO) would have what rights in cleared swaps customer collateral at

    every stage of clearing (including with respect to initial margin and

    variation payments and collections)?

    In the event of an FCM bankruptcy, would such cleared

    swaps customer collateral constitute ``customer property'' subject to

    ratable distribution pursuant to section 766(h) of the Bankruptcy Code?

    [cir] To what extent would the answer to this question depend on

    the manner in which the FCM and the DCO structured their respective

    cash flows in the ordinary course of business?

    [cir] To the extent cleared swaps customer collateral is removed

    from ``customer property'':

    [dec221] What vulnerabilities might that raise for the protection

    of such collateral in an FCM or a DCO bankruptcy? For example, is there

    a risk that, in some circumstances, such property might be deemed to be

    part of a bankrupt FCM's or DCO's bankruptcy estate subject to the

    claims of creditors other than the relevant swaps customers?

    [dec221] What changes would need to be made to self-regulatory

    organization audit programs to ensure protection of

    [[Page 33830]]

    cleared swaps customer collateral pre-bankruptcy?

    Should such a model be an option elected by cleared swaps

    customers, or mandatory for defined ``high-risk'' customers?

    [cir] By whom would the definition of ``high-risk'' be set?

    [cir] What criteria should be included in the definition of ``high

    risk''?

    [cir] Would the definition of ``high risk'' vary by asset class?

    To the extent the model is optional by a cleared swaps

    customer, to what extent might there be a tendency for cleared swaps

    customers posing greater risk to remain in the omnibus pool? What

    policy concerns, if any, might be raised by the inclusion of a larger

    concentration of cleared swaps customers posing greater risk in the

    omnibus pool?

    Please provide a detailed quantitative analysis of the costs and

    benefits of this model relative to other models that are being

    considered in this NPRM, and relative to the existing uncleared swaps

    market. Please specify how each cost and benefit would be ultimately

    allocated to, or borne by, cleared swaps customers, FCMs and DCOs.

    Specifically, how would this type of model affect operational costs and

    Risk Costs?

    F. Structure of These Proposed Regulations

    Proposed regulation part 22 (``Part 22'') establishes the basic

    architecture for protecting cleared swaps customer collateral through

    the promulgation of definitions and procedures for the segregation of

    cleared swaps pertaining to customers, as well as associated

    collateral. The Commission intends for proposed Part 22 to incorporate

    legal segregation, and to parallel, for the most part, the substance of

    corresponding provisions in part 1 to Title 17 (the ``Part 1

    Provisions''), in updated and clarified form, with respect to issues

    such as requirements for treatment of customer funds on a day-to-day

    basis, required amounts of collateral in customer accounts, and

    required qualifications for permitted depositories. While most of the

    proposed regulations in Part 22 will remain the same for the Complete

    Legal Segregation Model and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model,

    proposed regulation 22.15 sets forth alternatives to take into account

    the fact that, under the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model,

    following an event of default a DCO would be able to access the

    collateral of non-defaulting cleared swaps customers after the DCO

    applied (i) its own capital to cure the default and (ii) the guaranty

    fund contributions of its non-defaulting FCM members.

    The infrastructure supporting legal segregation is established in

    proposed regulations 22.11-22.16, including (i) the requirement that an

    FCM transmit to its DCO daily information regarding customers and their

    swaps, (ii) tools that the DCO may use to manage the risk it incurs

    with respect to individual customers, (iii) steps the FCM is required

    to take if it fails to meet a cleared swaps customer margin call in

    full, and (iv) an explicit requirement that cleared swaps customer

    collateral be treated on an individual basis. The Commission requests

    comment on whether Part 22 differs in substance from the Part 1

    Provisions, other than in the specific instances described in this

    NPRM.

    In addition, proposed revisions to Part 190 of the Commission's

    regulations generally implement changes wrought by the Dodd-Frank Act,

    including the inclusion of swaps cleared with a DCO as customer

    contracts for all commodity brokers, the inclusion of swaps execution

    facilities as a category of trading venue, and additional conforming

    changes to time periods. Additional proposed changes have been made to

    conform Part 190 to current market practices (e.g., providing for

    auctions of swaps portfolios in the event of a commodity broker

    insolvency).

    IV. Section by Section Analysis: Segregation of Cleared Swaps for

    Customers

    A. Proposed Regulation 22.1: Definitions

    Proposed regulation 22.1 establishes definitions for, inter alia,

    the following terms: ``cleared swap,'' ``cleared swaps customer,''

    ``cleared swaps customer account,'' ``cleared swaps customer

    collateral,'' ``cleared swaps proprietary account,'' ``clearing

    member,'' \94\ ``collecting futures commission merchant,''

    ``commingle,'' ``customer,'' ``depositing futures commission

    merchant,'' ``permitted depository,'' \95\ and ``segregate.''

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \94\ Under the Commission's proposal, the term ``clearing

    member'' means ``any person that has clearing privileges such that

    it can process, clear and settle trades through a derivatives

    clearing organization on behalf of itself or others. The derivatives

    clearing organization need not be organized as a membership

    organization.''

    \95\ The Commission is proposing to define ``permitted

    depository'' as a depository that meets the following conditions:

    (a) The depository must (subject to proposed regulation 22.9) be

    one of the following types of entities:

    (1) A bank located in the United States;

    (2) a trust company located in the United States;

    (3) a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant registered with the

    Commission (but only with respect to a Depositing Futures Commission

    Merchant providing Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral); or

    (4) a derivatives clearing organization registered with the

    Commission; and

    (b) the FCM or the DCO must hold a written acknowledgment letter

    from the depository as required by proposed regulation 22.5. See

    also the discussion under section IV(D).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1. ``Segregate'' and ``Commingle''

    The Commission has never defined the terms ``segregate'' and

    ``commingle,'' although the Part 1 Provisions make extensive use of

    these terms. Regulation 22.1 proposes definitions for these terms that

    are intended to codify the common meaning of such terms under the Part

    1 Provisions. Pursuant to the proposal, to ``segregate'' two or more

    items means to keep them in separate accounts and to avoid combining

    them in the same transfer between accounts. In contrast, to

    ``commingle'' two or more items means to hold them in the same account,

    or to combine such items in a transfer between accounts. For purposes

    of these definitions, to keep items in separate accounts means: (i) To

    hold tangible items \96\ physically separate within one's own

    organization; (ii) to deposit tangible or intangible items \97\ with a

    Permitted Depository (as discussed further below) in separate accounts;

    and (iii) to reflect tangible or intangible items in separate entries

    in books and records. To hold items in the same account means exactly

    the opposite--namely, (i) to hold tangible items physically together

    within one's own organization; (ii) to deposit tangible or intangible

    items with a Permitted Depository in the same account; and (iii) to

    reflect tangible or intangible items in the same entries in books and

    records.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \96\ Tangible items may include, e.g., gold ingots or warehouse

    receipts, as discussed further below.

    \97\ Intangible items may include, e.g., wire transfers or

    dematerialized securities, as discussed further below.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. ``Cleared Swap''

    The term ``Cleared Swap'' has no analog in the Part 1 Provisions.

    Regulation 22.1 proposes a definition that incorporates section 1a(7)

    of the CEA,\98\ as added by section 721 of the Dodd-Frank Act. This

    definition then excludes, for purposes of Part 22 only, cleared swaps

    (and related collateral) that, pursuant to Commission order under

    section 4d(a) of the CEA,\99\ are

    [[Page 33831]]

    commingled with futures contracts (and related collateral) in an

    account established for the futures contracts. The definition

    conversely includes, for purposes of Part 22 only, futures contracts or

    foreign futures contracts (and, in each case, related collateral) that,

    pursuant to Commission order under section 4d(f) of the CEA,\100\ are

    commingled with cleared swaps (and related collateral) in an account

    established for the cleared swaps. The rationale for such exclusion and

    inclusion is that, under Commission precedent,\101\ once cleared swaps

    (and related collateral) are commingled with futures contracts (and

    related collateral) in a futures account, the Part 1 Provisions and the

    Bankruptcy Rules would apply to the cleared swaps (and related

    collateral) as if such swaps constituted futures contracts (and related

    collateral). Similarly, once futures contracts or foreign futures

    contracts (and, in each case, related collateral) are commingled with

    cleared swaps (and related collateral) in a cleared swaps account, the

    proposed definition of ``Cleared Swap'' would apply Part 22 and the

    Bankruptcy Rules to the former contracts as if they constituted cleared

    swaps (and related collateral). Therefore, the proposed definition of

    ``Cleared Swap,'' with such exclusion and inclusion, simply extends

    Commission precedent.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \98\ 7 U.S.C. 1a(7). The Commission is working on regulations,

    along with the Securities and Exchange Commission, that would

    further define certain key terms of the Dodd-Frank Act, including

    ``swaps.'' See Definitions Contained in Title VII of Dodd-Frank Wall

    Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, 75 FR 51429 (Aug. 20,

    2010). Such regulations, when finalized, would automatically be

    incorporated in the definition of ``cleared swap'' cited herein.

    \99\ 7 U.S.C. 6d(a).

    \100\ 7 U.S.C. 6d(f).

    \101\ For example, current regulation 190.01(a) states: ``* * *

    if positions in commodity contracts that would otherwise belong to

    one account class (and the money, securities, and/or other property

    margining, guaranteeing, or securing such positions), are, pursuant

    to a Commission order, commingled with positions in commodity

    contracts of the futures account class (and the money, securities,

    and/or other property margining, guaranteeing, or securing such

    positions), then the former positions (and the relevant money,

    securities, and/or other property) shall be treated, for purposes of

    this part, as being held in an account of the futures account

    class.'' 17 CFR 190.01(a). In the notice proposing current

    regulation 190.01(a), 74 FR 40794 (Aug. 13, 2009), the Commission

    stated that the regulation codified two previous interpretative

    statements: (i) The Interpretative Statement Regarding Funds Related

    to Cleared-Only Contracts Determined To Be Included in a Customer's

    Net Equity, 73 FR 65514 (Nov. 4, 2008); and (ii) the Interpretative

    Statement Regarding Funds Determined to be Held in the Futures

    Account Type of Customer Account Class, 69 FR 69510 (Nov. 30, 2004).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    3. ``Cleared Swaps Customer'' and ``Customer''

    Regulation 22.1 proposes a definition of ``Cleared Swaps Customer''

    that has two elements. First, an entity holding a Cleared Swaps

    Proprietary Account (as discussed further below) is not a ``Cleared

    Swaps Customer'' with respect to the Cleared Swaps (and related

    collateral) in that account. Such exclusion is consistent with

    regulation 1.3,\102\ which defines ``customer'' and ``commodity

    customer'' for futures contracts. Second, an entity is only a ``Cleared

    Swaps Customer'' with respect to its Cleared Swaps (and related

    collateral). Additionally, the same entity may be a ``customer'' or

    ``commodity customer'' (as regulation 1.3 defines such terms) with

    respect to its futures contracts, and a ``foreign futures or foreign

    options customer'' (as regulation 30.1(c) \103\ defines such term) with

    respect to its foreign futures contracts.\104\ Because certain

    provisions of Part 22 distinguish the status of such entity (i) as a

    ``Cleared Swaps Customer'' and (ii) as a ``customer'' or ``commodity

    customer'' or ``foreign futures or options customer,'' regulation 22.1

    proposes a definition for ``Customer'' that includes any customer of an

    FCM other than a ``Cleared Swaps Customer.''

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \102\ 17 CFR 1.3.

    \103\ 17 CFR 30.1(c).

    \104\ The contracts (and related collateral) of such entity

    would be subject to three different segregation regimes.

    Specifically, the entity would be entitled to the protections of (i)

    the Corresponding Provisions with respect to its futures contracts

    (and related collateral), (ii) regulation 30.7 with respect to its

    foreign futures contracts (and related collateral), and (iii) Part

    22 with respect to its Cleared Swaps (and related collateral).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    4. ``Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral''

    Regulation 22.1 proposes to define ``Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral'' to include money, securities, or other property that an

    FCM or a DCO receives, from, for, or on behalf of a Cleared Swaps

    Customer, which (i) is intended to or does margin, guarantee, or secure

    a Cleared Swap,\105\ or (ii) if the Cleared Swap is in the form or

    nature of an option, constitutes the settlement value of such option.

    Additionally, regulation 22.1 proposes to define ``Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral'' to include ``accruals,'' which are the money,

    securities, or other property that an FCM or DCO receives, either

    directly or indirectly, as incident to or resulting from a Cleared Swap

    that the FCM intermediates for a Cleared Swaps Customer.\106\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \105\ Proposed regulation 22.1 provides that ``Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral'' includes collateral that an FCM or a DCO

    receives from, for, or on behalf of a Cleared Swaps Customer that

    either (i) is actually margining, guaranteeing, or securing a

    Cleared Swap or (ii) is intended to margin, guarantee, or secure a

    Cleared Swap. This provision is a clarification of ``customer

    funds'' as defined in regulation 1.3, which includes ``all money,

    securities, and property received by a futures commission merchant

    or by a clearing organization from, for, or on behalf of, customers

    or option customers * * * to margin, guarantee, or secure futures

    contracts.''

    \106\ The Commission does not intend to include in Part 22 a

    parallel to regulation 1.21, given that (i) regulation 22.1 proposes

    to broadly include ``accruals'' in the definition of ``Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral'' and (ii) regulation 22.2(c) proposes to permit

    an FCM to commingle the ``Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral'' of

    multiple ``Cleared Swaps Customers.''

    Regulation 1.21 states: ``All money received directly or

    indirectly by, and all money and equities accruing to, a futures

    commission merchant from any clearing organization or from any

    clearing member or from any member of a contract market incident to

    or resulting from any trade, contract or commodity option made by or

    through such futures commission merchant on behalf of any commodity

    or option customer shall be considered as accruing to such commodity

    or option customer within the meaning of the Act and these

    regulations. Such money and equities shall be treated and dealt with

    as belonging to such commodity or option customer in accordance with

    the provisions of the Act and these regulations. Money and equities

    accruing in connection with commodity or option customers' open

    trades, contracts, or commodity options need not be separately

    credited to individual accounts but may be treated and dealt with as

    belonging undivided to all commodity or option customers having open

    trades, contracts, or commodity option positions which if closed

    would result in a credit to such commodity or option customers.'' 17

    CFR 1.21.

    The Commission requests comment on whether it should include in

    Part 22 a parallel to regulation 1.21.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In general, the proposed definition parallels regulation 1.3,\107\

    which defines ``customer funds'' for futures contracts. However, the

    proposed definition differs from regulation 1.3 in three

    instances.\108\ First, the proposed definition explicitly includes a

    Cleared Swap in the form or nature of an option as ``Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral.'' The Commission believes that such change

    appropriately clarifies that a Cleared Swap functioning as an option,

    but not labeled as one, falls within the scope of the proposed

    definition. Second, the proposed definition does not explicitly include

    option premiums as ``Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.'' The

    Commission believes that such amounts are already incorporated in the

    settlement value of the option, and that listing such amounts

    separately may cause unnecessary confusion. Third, the proposed

    definition explicitly includes in ``accruals'' the money, securities,

    or other property that a DCO may receive relating to the Cleared Swap

    that an FCM intermediates for a Cleared Swap Customer. The Commission

    believes that such inclusion is appropriate since proposed regulation

    22.3 permits a DCO to invest the ``Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral''

    that it receives from the FCM in accordance with regulation 1.25.\109\

    Therefore, any increases in value

    [[Page 33832]]

    resulting from the investment would properly belong to the Cleared

    Swaps Customer, and would constitute another form of ``Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral.''

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \107\ 17 CFR 1.3.

    \108\ In addition to these three instances, the proposed

    definition does not incorporate certain parallels to regulation 1.3

    (exclusion from ``customer funds'' of collateral to secure security

    futures products in a securities account) because such parallels are

    not applicable to the context of Cleared Swaps (and related

    collateral).

    \109\ 17 CFR 1.25.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    5. ``Cleared Swaps Customer Account'' and ``Cleared Swaps Proprietary

    Account''

    Regulation 22.1 proposes to define ``Cleared Swaps Customer

    Account'' as (i) an account that an FCM maintains at a Permitted

    Depository (as such term is discussed below) for the Cleared Swaps (and

    related collateral) of its Cleared Swaps Customers, or (ii) an account

    that a DCO maintains at a Permitted Depository, for collateral related

    to Cleared Swaps that the FCM members intermediate for their Cleared

    Swaps Customers. The proposed definition does not include any physical

    locations in which an FCM or a DCO may itself hold tangible Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral. As described below, regulations 22.2 and

    22.3 propose to define such physical locations as the ``FCM Physical

    Location'' and the ``DCO Physical Location,'' respectively. The

    proposed definition is consistent with regulation 1.3,\110\ which

    defines ``futures account.'' However, the proposed definition provides

    greater specificity than regulation 1.3 regarding (i) the entities

    maintaining the ``Cleared Swaps Customer Account'' (i.e., the FCM or

    DCO) and (ii) the Permitted Depositories for a ``Cleared Swaps Customer

    Account.''

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \110\ 17 CFR 1.3.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Regulation 22.1 proposes a definition for ``Cleared Swaps

    Proprietary Account'' that is substantially similar to regulation 1.3,

    which defines ``Proprietary Account'' for futures contracts.\111\ The

    proposed definition contains a proviso, in paragraph (b)(8), that

    states ``an account owned by any shareholder or member of a cooperative

    association of producers, within the meaning of section 6a of the Act,

    which association is registered as an FCM and carries such account on

    its records, shall be deemed to be a Cleared Swaps Customer Account and

    not a Cleared Swaps Proprietary Account of such association, unless the

    shareholder or member is an officer, director, or manager of the

    association.'' This proviso parallels paragraph viii in the definition

    of ``Proprietary Account'' in regulation 1.3. The Commission requests

    comment on whether this proviso remains relevant, and, in particular,

    with respect to Cleared Swaps.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \111\ Id.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    6. ``Collecting Futures Commission Merchant'' and ``Depositing Futures

    Commission Merchant''

    The terms ``Collecting Futures Commission Merchant'' and

    ``Depositing Futures Commission Merchant'' have no analogs in the Part

    1 Provisions. Regulation 22.1 proposes to define a ``Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchant'' as one that carries Cleared Swaps on behalf of

    another FCM and the Cleared Swaps Customers of that other FCM and, as

    part of doing so, collects Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. In

    contrast, regulation 22.1 proposes to define a ``Depositing Futures

    Commission Merchant'' as one that carries Cleared Swaps on behalf of

    its Cleared Swaps Customers through a Collecting Futures Commission

    Merchant, and, as part of doing so, deposits Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral with such Collecting Futures Commission Merchant. Regulation

    22.7, as described below, proposes to employ the terms ``Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant'' and ``Depositing Futures Commission

    Merchant'' to delineate the circumstances in which one FCM may serve as

    a Permitted Depository to another.

    B. Proposed Regulation 22.2--Futures Commission Merchants: Treatment of

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral

    Regulation 22.2 proposes requirements for an FCM's treatment of

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, as well as the associated Cleared

    Swaps.

    1. In General

    Regulation 22.2(a) proposes to require an FCM to treat and deal

    with the Cleared Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers, as well as

    associated Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, as belonging to the

    Cleared Swaps Customers. In other words, the FCM may not use Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral to cover or support (i) its own obligations

    or (ii) the obligations of Customers (e.g., entities transacting in

    futures or equities contracts). Such proposal parallels regulations

    1.20(a) and 1.26(a), which apply to ``customer funds,'' and obligations

    purchased with customer funds, for futures contracts.\112\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \112\ Regulation 1.20(a) states: ``Under no circumstances shall

    any portion of customer funds be obligated to a clearing

    organization, any member of a contract market, a futures commission

    merchant, or any depository except to purchase, margin, guarantee,

    secure, transfer, adjust or settle trades, contracts or commodity

    option transactions of commodity or option customers.'' 17 CFR

    1.20(a).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. Location of Collateral

    Regulation 22.2(b) proposes to require that an FCM segregate all

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives. Such proposal

    parallels regulations 1.20(a) and 1.26(a).\113\ Additionally,

    regulation 22.2(b) proposes to require that an FCM adopt one of two

    methods to hold segregated Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, which

    parallel either implicit assumptions or explicit provisions of

    regulation 1.20(a).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \113\ Regulation 1.20(a) states: ``All customer funds shall be

    separately accounted for and segregated as belonging to commodity or

    option customers.'' Id.

    Regulation 1.26(a) states: ``Each futures commission merchant

    who invests customer funds in instruments described in Sec. 1.25

    shall separately account for such instruments and segregate such

    instruments as belonging to such commodity or option customers.'' 17

    CFR 1.26.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    a. The First Method

    Paralleling an implicit assumption of regulations 1.20(a) and

    1.26(a), the first method permits the FCM to hold Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral itself.\114\ Continuing such parallel, the first

    method limits the FCM to holding tangible collateral (e.g., gold ingots

    or warehouse receipts) because no FCM currently serves as a depository

    registered with domestic or foreign banking regulators, and because of

    uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of such segregation if an FCM

    that was so registered held intangible collateral in its own accounts.

    Finally, the first method requires the FCM, in holding such Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral, to:

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \114\ Regulation 1.20(a) does not require that an FCM hold

    ``customer funds'' in a depository. Rather, it applies certain

    requirements to the holding of ``customer funds when deposited with

    any bank, trust company, clearing organization or another futures

    commission merchant * * *'' (emphasis added). In the absence of a

    requirement to use a depository, regulation 1.20(a) must implicitly

    permit the FCM to hold ``customer funds'' itself. Id. Regulation

    1.26(a) contains similar language regarding the use of a depository.

    Id.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Physically separate the collateral from FCM property

    (e.g., in a box or vault);

    Clearly identify each physical location (an ``FCM Physical

    Location'') in which it holds such collateral as a ``Location of

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral'' (e.g., by affixing a label or sign

    to the box or vault);

    Ensure that the FCM Physical Location provides appropriate

    protection for such collateral (e.g., by confirming that the box or

    vault has locks and is fire resistant); and

    Record in its books and records the amount of such

    collateral separately from FCM funds (i.e., to reflect the reality of

    physical separation in books and records).

    [[Page 33833]]

    b. The Second Method

    Paralleling an explicit provision of regulations 1.20(a) and

    1.26(a),\115\ the second method permits the FCM to hold Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral outside of itself, i.e., at a depository.\116\

    Continuing that parallel, the second method limits the FCM to certain

    Permitted Depositories (as further discussed below), and requires that

    the FCM deposit such collateral in a Cleared Swaps Customer Account.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \115\ Regulation 1.20(a) states: ``All customer funds shall be

    separately accounted for and segregated as belonging to commodity or

    option customers. Such customer funds when deposited with any bank,

    trust company, clearing organization or another futures commission

    merchant shall be deposited under an account name which clearly

    identifies them as such and shows that they are segregated as

    required by the Act and this part.'' Id. Regulation 1.26(a) contains

    similar language. Id.

    \116\ If an FCM chooses to accept intangible Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral, then the proposal effectively requires the FCM

    to maintain such collateral outside of itself. If the FCM accepts

    tangible Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral (e.g., a gold ingot) and

    transfers such collateral to a depository (e.g., a DCO), the FCM

    will be considered to be depositing such collateral rather than

    maintaining the collateral itself.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    3. Commingling

    Regulation 22.2(c) proposes to permit an FCM to commingle the

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral of multiple Cleared Swaps Customers,

    while prohibiting the FCM from commingling Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral with:

    FCM property, except as permitted under proposed

    regulation 22.2(e) (as discussed below); or

    ``Customer funds'' for futures contracts (as regulation

    1.3 defines such term) or the ``foreign futures or foreign options

    secured amount'' (as regulation 1.3 defines such term), except as

    permitted by a Commission rule, regulation or order (or a derivatives

    clearing organization rule approved pursuant to regulation

    39.15(b)(2)).\117\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \117\ As the discussion on the proposed definition of ``Cleared

    Swaps'' highlights, if the Commission adopts a rule or regulation or

    issues an order pursuant to section 4d(a) of the CEA, or if the

    Commission approves DCO rules pursuant to proposed regulation

    39.15(b)(2) permitting such commingling, the Commission would apply

    the Corresponding Provisions and Part 190 to the Cleared Swap (and

    related collateral) as if the swap constituted a futures contract

    (and related collateral).

    In contrast, if the Commission adopts a rule or regulation or

    issues an order pursuant to section 4d(f) of the CEA, or if the

    Commission approves DCO rules pursuant to proposed regulation

    39.15(b)(2) permitting such commingling, the proposed definition of

    ``Cleared Swap'' would operate to apply Part 22 and Part 190 to (i)

    the futures contract (and related collateral) or (ii) the foreign

    futures contract (and related collateral) as if such contracts

    constituted Cleared Swaps (and related collateral).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed regulation 22.2(c) parallels regulations 1.20(a), 1.20(c), and

    1.26(a).\118\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \118\ Regulations 1.20(a) and 1.26(a) implicitly (i) permit the

    FCM to commingle ``customer funds'' from multiple futures customers

    and (ii) prohibit the FCM from commingling ``customer funds'' with

    either FCM funds or funds supporting customer transactions in non-

    futures contracts. Specifically, regulation 1.20(a) states: ``All

    customer funds shall be separately accounted for and segregated as

    belonging to commodity or option customers.'' Similarly, regulation

    1.26(a) states: ``Each futures commission merchant who invests

    customer funds in instruments described in Sec. 1.25 shall

    separately account for such instruments and segregate such

    instruments as belonging to such commodity or option customers.'' 17

    CFR 1.20(a) and 1.26(a).

    Regulation 1.20(c), in contrast, first explicitly prohibits an

    FCM from commingling the ``customer funds'' of one futures customer

    with (i) ``customer funds'' of another futures customer, (ii) funds

    supporting customer transactions in non-futures contracts (e.g., the

    ``foreign futures and options secured amount,'' as defined in

    regulation 1.3), and (iii) FCM funds. Specifically, regulation

    1.20(c) states: ``Each futures commission merchant shall treat and

    deal with the customer funds of a commodity customer or of an option

    customer as belonging to such commodity or option customer. All

    customer funds shall be separately accounted for, and shall not be

    commingled with the money, securities, or property of a futures

    commission merchant or of any other person. * * *'' Notwithstanding

    the foregoing, however, regulation 1.20(c) then permits an FCM to

    commingle ``customer funds'' of multiple futures customers for

    convenience. Specifically, regulation 1.20(c) contains the following

    proviso: ``Provided, however, that customer funds treated as

    belonging to the commodity or option customers of a futures

    commission merchant may for convenience be commingled and deposited

    in the same account or accounts with any bank or trust company, with

    another person registered as a futures commission merchant, or with

    a clearing organization. * * *'' Regulation 1.20(c) does not contain

    a similar exception for (i) funds supporting customer transactions

    in non-futures contracts or (ii) FCM funds. 17 CFR 1.20(c).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    4. Limitations on Use

    Regulation 22.2(d) proposes certain limitations on the use that an

    FCM may make of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. First, regulation

    22.2(d)(1) proposes to prohibit an FCM from using, or permitting the

    use of, the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral or one Cleared Swaps

    Customer to purchase, margin, or settle the Cleared Swaps, or any other

    transaction, of a person other than the Cleared Swaps Customer. Such

    proposal parallels regulation 1.20(c) and 1.22.\119\ Second, regulation

    22.2(d)(2) proposes to prohibit an FCM from using Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral to margin, guarantee, or secure the non-Cleared

    Swap contracts (e.g., futures or foreign futures contracts) of the

    entity constituting the Cleared Swaps Customer.\120\ Such proposal

    parallels regulation 1.22.\121\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \119\ Regulation 1.20(c) states: ``All customer funds shall be

    separately accounted for, and shall not * * * be used to secure or

    guarantee the trades, contracts or commodity options, or to secure

    or extend the credit, of any person other than the one for whom the

    same are held.'' Id.

    Regulation 1.22 states: ``No futures commission merchant shall

    use, or permit the use of, the customer funds of one commodity and/

    or option customer to purchase, margin, or settle the trades,

    contracts, or commodity options of, or to secure or extend the

    credit of, any person other than such customer or option customer.''

    17 CFR 1.22.

    \120\ As mentioned above, an entity may simultaneously transact

    (i) futures contracts, (ii) foreign futures contracts, and (iii)

    Cleared Swaps. Such entity would constitute a Cleared Swaps Customer

    only with respect to its Cleared Swaps.

    \121\ Regulation 1.22 further states: ``Customer funds shall not

    be used to carry trades or positions of the same commodity and/or

    option customer other than in commodities or commodity options

    traded through the facilities of a contract market.'' 17 CFR 1.22.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Regulation 22.2(d)(2) proposes to prohibit an FCM from imposing, or

    permitting the imposition of, a lien on Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral, including on any FCM residual financial interest therein

    (as regulation 22.2(e)(3) discusses further). The Commission believes

    that such a prohibition, in the event that an FCM becomes insolvent,

    would preempt the claim of an FCM creditor against any portion of the

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, and would thereby prevent the FCM

    creditor from interfering with the porting of such collateral to a

    solvent FCM.

    Regulation 22.2(d)(3) proposes to prohibit an FCM from claiming

    that any of the following constitutes Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral:

    Money invested in the securities, memberships, or

    obligations of any DCO, DCM, SEF, or SDR; or

    Money, securities, or other property that any DCO holds

    and may use for a purpose other than to margin, guarantee, secure,

    transfer, adjust or settle the obligations incurred by the FCM on

    behalf of its Cleared Swaps Customers.

    Such proposal parallels regulation 1.24.\122\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \122\ Regulation 1.24 states: ``Money held in a segregated

    account by a futures commission merchant shall not include: (a)

    Money invested in obligations or stocks of any clearing organization

    or in memberships in or obligations of any contract market; or (b)

    money held by any clearing organization which it may use for any

    purpose other than to purchase, margin, guarantee, secure, transfer,

    adjust, or settle the contracts, trades, or commodity options of the

    commodity or option customers of such futures commission merchant.''

    17 CFR 1.24.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    5. Exceptions

    Regulation 22.2(e) proposes certain exceptions to the

    abovementioned requirements and limitations.

    a. Permitted Investments

    Proposed regulation 22.2(e)(1) constitutes an exception to

    regulation 22.2(d) (Limitations on Use). Regulation 22.2(e)(1) proposes

    to allow an FCM to

    [[Page 33834]]

    invest Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in accordance with regulation

    1.25, as such regulation may be amended from time to time. Regulation

    1.25 delineates permitted investments of ``customer funds'' (as

    regulation 1.3 defines such term) for futures contracts.\123\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \123\ One commenter, Federated Investors, Inc. (Freeman and

    Hawke), argues that limitations on the investment of customer

    collateral in money market mutual funds are inappropriate for

    futures, and even more inappropriate for swaps. As mentioned above,

    the Commission has proposed amendments to regulation 1.25. See

    Investment of Customer Funds and Funds Held in an Account for

    Foreign Futures and Foreign Options Transactions, 75 FR 67642 (Nov.

    3, 2010). With respect to limitations on investment of cleared swaps

    customer collateral, the Dodd-Frank Act provides, in newly-enacted

    section 4d(f)(4) of the CEA, that such collateral

    * * * may be invested in obligations of the United States, in

    general obligations of any State or of any political subdivision of

    a State, and in obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and

    interest by the United States, or in any other investment that the

    Commission may by rule or regulation prescribe * * *.

    Thus, with the exception of the specified government

    obligations, Congress chose not to mandate any specific acceptable

    customer investments. In exercising the power granted under section

    4d(f)(4) to expand the universe of acceptable customer investments,

    the Commission is seeking the same goals as in regulation 1.25--

    namely, preserving principal and maintaining liquidity. See 75 FR at

    67646. Accordingly, the Commission is proposing to incorporate the

    provisions of regulation 1.25 (as amended from time to time) by

    reference.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    By allowing certain investments of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral, proposed regulation 22.2(e)(1) parallels regulation

    1.20(c).\124\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \124\ Regulation 1.20(c) states: ``* * * customer funds may be

    invested in instruments described in Sec. 1.25.'' 17 CFR 1.20(c).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    b. Permitted Withdrawals

    Proposed regulation 22.2(e)(2) permits an FCM to withdraw Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral for such purposes as meeting margin calls at

    a DCO or a Collecting FCM, or to meet charges lawfully accruing in

    connection with a cleared swap, such as brokerage or storage charges.

    Regulation 22.2(e)(2) parallels regulation 1.20(c) and implements

    section 4d(f)(3)(A)(ii).

    c. Deposits of Own Money, Securities, or Other Property

    Proposed regulation 22.2(e)(3) constitutes an exception to

    regulations 22.2(b) (Location of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral) and

    (c) (Commingling). Regulation 22.2(e)(3) proposes to permit an FCM: (i)

    To place its own property in an FCM Physical Location or (ii) to

    deposit its own property in a Cleared Swaps Customer Account.\125\ As

    further explained below, proposed regulation 22.2(f) (Requirements as

    to Amount) mandates an FCM to use its own capital to cover the negative

    account balance of any Cleared Swaps Customer. To avoid the possibility

    of a deficiency,\126\ an FCM may choose to place or deposit, in

    advance, its own property in an FCM Physical Location or a Cleared

    Swaps Customer Account, as applicable. By permitting such placement or

    deposit, proposed regulation 22.2(e)(3) parallels regulation 1.23.\127\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \125\ Regulation 22.2(e)(3) proposes to permit an FCM to deposit

    only those securities that are unencumbered and are of the types

    specified in regulation 1.25. Such proposal accords with regulation

    1.23. See infra note 127. The Commission notes, however, that this

    proposal does not, and is not meant to, require a DCO to accept all

    of the types of securities or other property specified in regulation

    1.25.

    \126\ See regulation 1.12(h) (requiring an FCM that learns of a

    deficiency in segregated funds to notify the Commission and the

    FCM's designated self-regulatory organization of that deficiency).

    \127\ Regulation 1.23 states: ``The provision in section

    4d(a)(2) of the Act and the provision in Sec. 1.20(c), which

    prohibit the commingling of customer funds with the funds of a

    futures commission merchant, shall not be * * * construed to prevent

    a futures commission merchant from adding to such segregated

    customer funds such amount or amounts of money, from its own funds

    or unencumbered securities from its own inventory, of the type set

    forth in Sec. 1.25, as it may deem necessary to ensure any and all

    commodity or option customers' accounts from becoming under

    segregated at any time.'' 17 CFR 1.23.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    d. Residual Financial Interest

    Proposed regulation 22.2(e)(4) clarifies that, if an FCM places or

    deposits its own property in an FCM Physical Location or a Cleared

    Swaps Customer Account, as applicable, then that property becomes

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. This regulation would permit an FCM

    to retain a residual financial interest in property in excess of that

    necessary to comport with proposed regulation 22.2(f) (Requirements as

    to Amount). It allows the FCM to make withdrawals from the FCM Physical

    Location or the Cleared Swaps Customer Account, as applicable, so long

    as the FCM first ascertains that such withdrawals do not surpass its

    residual financial interest. In general, proposed regulation 22.2(e)(4)

    parallels regulation 1.23.\128\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \128\ Regulation 1.23 states, in addition to the text in note

    127 supra: ``The provision in section 4d(a)(2) of the Act and the

    provision in Sec. 1.20(c), which prohibit the commingling of

    customer funds with the funds of a futures commission merchant,

    shall not be construed to prevent a futures commission merchant from

    having a residual financial interest in the customer funds,

    segregated as required by the Act and the rules in this part and set

    apart for the benefit of commodity or option customers * * * The

    books and records of a futures commission merchant shall at all

    times accurately reflect its interest in the segregated funds. A

    futures commission merchant may draw upon such segregated funds to

    its own order, to the extent of its actual interest therein,

    including the withdrawal of securities held in segregated

    safekeeping accounts held by a bank, trust company, contract market,

    clearing organization or other futures commission merchant. Such

    withdrawal shall not result in the funds of one commodity and/or

    option customer being used to purchase, margin or carry the trades,

    contracts or commodity options, or extend the credit of any other

    commodity customer, option customer or other customer.'' Id.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    e. Requirements as to Amount

    i. Background

    Proposed regulation 22.2(f) sets forth an explicit calculation for

    the value of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that each FCM must hold,

    which parallels the implicit calculation in the Part 1 Provisions. The

    Part 1 Provisions clearly require an FCM to segregate ``customer

    funds'' (as regulation 1.3 defines such term) for futures

    contracts.\129\ However, the Part 1 Provisions also consider ``customer

    funds'' to be fungible. Specifically, because the Part 1 Provisions

    permit FCM commingling of ``customer funds'' from multiple futures

    customers \130\ and FCM investment of such funds,\131\ the Part 1

    Provisions implicitly allow an FCM to meet its obligations without

    maintaining the exact property that each futures customer conveys. The

    Part 1 Provisions do require an FCM to maintain, at a minimum, an

    overall amount of ``customer funds'' in segregation.\132\ Nevertheless,

    the Part 1 Provisions do not set forth an explicit calculation for such

    amount. Instead, the Part 1 Provisions imply that an FCM must maintain

    an amount in segregation that would prevent the FCM from using the

    ``customer funds'' of one futures customer to ``secure or guarantee the

    trades, contracts or commodity options, or to secure or extend the

    credit of any person other than the one for whom the same are held.''

    \133\ Form 1-FR-FCM builds upon this implicit calculation.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \129\ See regulations 1.20(a) and (c) and 1.26(a).

    \130\ See regulation 1.20(c).

    \131\ See regulations 1.20(c) and 1.25.

    \132\ Regulation 1.32 states: ``Each futures commission merchant

    must compute as of the close of each business day, on a currency-by-

    currency basis * * * (2) the amount of such customer funds required

    by the Act and these regulations to be on deposit in segregated

    accounts on behalf of such commodity and option customers. * * *''

    17 CFR 1.32.

    \133\ Regulation 1.20.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    ii. Proposed Requirement

    Consistent with the intention of the Commission to incorporate

    updated and clarified versions of the Part 1 Provisions in Part 22, the

    Commission proposes an explicit calculation for the amount of Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral that an FCM must maintain in segregation. As

    such this calculation is intended only to make explicit what the Part 1

    Provisions left implicit, the

    [[Page 33835]]

    calculation does not materially differ in the Form 1-FR-FCM from the

    calculation for ``customer funds'' of futures customers.

    First, regulation 22.2(f) proposes to define ``account'' to

    reference FCM's books and records pertaining to the Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral of a particular Cleared Swaps Customer.

    Second, regulation 22.2(f) proposes to require an FCM to reflect in

    its account for each Cleared Swaps Customer the market value of any

    Cleared Swaps Collateral that it receives from such customer, as

    adjusted for:

    Any uses that proposed regulation 22.2(d) permits;

    Any accruals or losses on investments permitted by

    proposed regulation 22.2(e) that, pursuant to the applicable FCM

    customer agreement, are creditable or chargeable to such Cleared Swaps

    Customer;

    Any charges lawfully accruing to the Cleared Swaps

    Customer, including any commission, brokerage fee, interest, tax, or

    storage fee; and

    Any appropriately authorized distribution or transfer of

    the Cleared Swaps Collateral.

    Third, regulation 22.2(f) proposes to categorize accounts of

    Cleared Swaps Customers as having credit or debit balances. Accounts

    where the market value of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral is positive

    after adjustments have credit balances. Conversely, accounts where the

    market value of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral is negative after

    adjustments have debit balances.

    Fourth, regulation 22.2(f) proposes to require an FCM to maintain

    in segregation, in its FCM Physical Location and/or its Cleared Swaps

    Customer Accounts at Permitted Depositories, an amount equal to the sum

    of any credit balances that Cleared Swaps Customers have in their

    accounts, excluding from such sum any debit balances that Cleared Swaps

    Customers have in their accounts (the ``Collateral Requirement'').

    Finally, regulation 22.2(f) proposes an exception to the exclusion

    of debit balances, which parallels regulation 1.32(b).\134\

    Specifically, to the extent that a Cleared Swaps Customer deposited

    ``readily marketable securities'' with the FCM to secure a debit

    balance in its account, then the FCM must include such balance in the

    Collateral Requirement. ``Readily marketable'' is proposed to be

    defined as having a ``ready market'' as such latter term is defined in

    rule 15c3-1(c)(11) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (Sec.

    241.15c3-1(c)(11) of this title). Regulation 22.2(f) proposes to deem a

    debit balance ``secured'' only if the FCM maintains a security interest

    in the ``readily marketable securities,'' and holds a written

    authorization to liquidate such securities in its discretion. To

    determine the amount of the debit balance that the FCM must include in

    the Collateral Requirement, regulation 22.2(f) proposes to require the

    FCM: (i) To determine the market value of such securities, and (ii) to

    reduce such market value by applicable percentage deductions (i.e.,

    ``securities haircuts'') as set forth in rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the

    Securities and Exchange Commission. The FCM would include in the

    Collateral Requirement that portion of the debit balance, not exceeding

    100 percent, which is secured by such reduced market value.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \134\ Regulation 1.32(b) states: ``In computing the amount of

    funds required to be in segregated accounts, a futures commission

    merchant may offset any net deficit in a particular customer's

    account against the current market value of readily marketable

    securities, less applicable percentage deductions (i.e.,

    ``securities haircuts'') as set forth in rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of

    the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 241.15c3-

    1(c)(2)(vi)), held for the same customer's account. The futures

    commission merchant must maintain a security interest in the

    securities, including a written authorization to liquidate the

    securities at the futures commission merchant's discretion, and must

    segregate the securities in a safekeeping account with a bank, trust

    company, clearing organization of a contract market, or another

    futures commission merchant. For purposes of this section, a

    security will be considered readily marketable if it is traded on a

    ``ready market'' as defined in rule 15c3-1(c)(11)(i) of the

    Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(c)(11)(i)).''

    17 CFR 1.32(b).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    iii. Question

    The Commission requests comment on the Collateral Requirement

    proposed in regulation 22.2(f). Specifically, the Commission requests

    comment on whether the explicit calculation of such Collateral

    Requirement materially differs from the implicit calculation in the

    Part 1 Provisions for segregated ``customer funds'' of futures

    customers.

    f. Segregated Account; Daily Computation and Record

    Regulation 22.2(g), paralleling regulation 1.32,\135\ proposes to

    require an FCM to compute, as of the close of each business day, on a

    currency-by-currency basis:

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \135\ Regulation 1.32(a) states: ``Each futures commission

    merchant must compute as of the close of each business day, on a

    currency-by-currency basis: (1) The total amount of customer funds

    on deposit in segregated accounts on behalf of commodity and option

    customers; (2) the amount of such customer funds required by the Act

    and these regulations to be on deposit in segregated accounts on

    behalf of such commodity and option customers; and (3) the amount of

    the futures commission merchant's residual interest in such customer

    funds.'' 17 CFR 1.32(a).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The aggregate market value of the Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral in all FCM Physical Locations and all Cleared Swaps Customer

    Accounts at Permitted Depositories (the ``Collateral Value'');

    The Collateral Requirement; and

    The amount of the residual financial interest that the FCM

    holds in such Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral (i.e., the difference

    between the Collateral Value and the Collateral Requirement).

    Regulation 22.2(g), further paralleling regulation 1.32,\136\

    proposes to require the FCM to complete the abovementioned computation

    prior to noon on the next business day, and to keep all computations,

    together with supporting data, in accordance with regulation 1.31.

    ``Noon'' refers to noon in the time zone where the FCM's principal

    office is located.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \136\ Regulation 1.32(c) states: ``The daily computations

    required by this section must be completed by the futures commission

    merchant prior to noon on the next business day and must be kept,

    together with all supporting data, in accordance with the

    requirements of Sec. 1.31.'' 17 CFR 1.32(c).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    C. Proposed Regulation 22.3--Derivatives Clearing Organizations:

    Treatment of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral

    Regulation 22.3 proposes requirements for DCO treatment of Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral from FCMs, as well as the associated Cleared

    Swaps. Such requirements generally parallel the Part 1 Provisions.

    1. In General

    Regulation 22.3(a) proposes to require a DCO to treat and deal with

    the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral deposited by an FCM as belonging

    to the Cleared Swaps Customers of such FCM and not other persons,

    including, without limitation, the FCM. In other words, the DCO may not

    use Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral to cover or support (i) the

    obligations of the FCM depositing the Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral, (ii) the obligations of any other FCM, or (iii) the

    obligations of Customers (e.g., entities transacting in futures or

    equities contracts) of any FCM. Such proposal parallels regulation

    1.20(a), which applies to ``customer funds'' for futures

    contracts.\137\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \137\ See note 112 supra.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. Location of Collateral

    Regulation 22.3(b) proposes to require that a DCO segregate all

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives from

    [[Page 33836]]

    FCMs. Such proposal parallels regulations 1.20(b) and 1.26(b).\138\

    Additionally, regulation 22.2(b) proposes to require that a DCO adopt

    one of two methods to hold segregated Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral, which parallel either implicit assumptions or explicit

    provisions of regulation 1.20(b).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \138\ Regulation 1.20(b) states: ``All customer funds received

    by a clearing organization from a member of the clearing

    organization to purchase, margin, guarantee, secure or settle the

    trades, contracts or commodity options of the clearing member's

    commodity or option customers and all money accruing to such

    commodity or option customers as the result of trades, contracts or

    commodity options so carried shall be separately accounted for and

    segregated as belonging to such commodity or option customers. * *

    *'' 17 CFR 1.20(b).

    Regulation 1.26(b) states: ``Each clearing organization which

    invests money belonging or accruing to commodity or option customers

    of its clearing members in instruments described in Sec. 1.25 shall

    separately account for such instruments and segregate such

    instruments as belonging to such commodity or option customers.'' 17

    CFR 1.26(b).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    a. The First Method

    Paralleling an implicit assumption of regulations 1.20(b) and

    1.26(b), the first method permits the DCO to hold Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral itself.\139\ Continuing such parallel, the first

    method limits the DCO to holding tangible collateral (e.g., gold ingots

    or warehouse receipts) because no DCO serves as a depository for

    intangible collateral. Finally, the first method requires the FCM, in

    holding such Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, to:

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \139\ Regulation 1.20(b) does not require that a DCO hold

    ``customer funds'' from FCMs in a depository. Rather, it applies

    certain requirements to the holding of ``customer funds when

    deposited in a bank or trust company * * *'' (emphasis added). In

    the absence of a requirement to use a depository, regulation 1.20(b)

    must implicitly permit the DCO to hold ``customer funds'' from FCMs

    itself. Id. Regulation 1.26(b) contains similar language regarding

    the use of a depository. Id.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Physically separate (e.g., in a box or vault) such

    collateral from its own property, the property of any FCM, and the

    property of any other person that is not a Cleared Swaps Customer of an

    FCM;

    Clearly identify each physical location (the ``DCO

    Physical Location'') in which it holds such collateral as a ``Location

    of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral'' (e.g., by affixing a label or

    sign to the box or vault);

    Ensure that each such DCO Physical Location provides

    appropriate protection for such collateral (e.g., by confirming that

    the box or vault has locks and is fire resistant); and

    Record in its books and records the amount of such

    collateral separately from its own funds, the funds of any FCM, and the

    funds of any other person that is not a Cleared Swaps Customer of an

    FCM (i.e., to reflect the reality of physical separation in books and

    records).

    b. The Second Method

    Paralleling explicit provisions of regulations 1.20(b) and

    1.26(b),\140\ the second method permits the DCO to hold Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral from FCMs outside of itself.\141\ Continuing such

    parallel, the second method limits the DCO to certain Permitted

    Depositories (as further discussed below), and requires that the DCO

    maintain a Cleared Swaps Customer Account with each Permitted

    Depository.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \140\ Regulation 1.20(b) states: ``All customer funds received

    by a clearing organization from a member of the clearing

    organization to purchase, margin, guarantee, secure or settle the

    trades, contracts or commodity options of the clearing member's

    commodity or option customers and all money accruing to such

    commodity or option customers as the result of trades, contracts or

    commodity options so carried shall be separately accounted for and

    segregated as belonging to such commodity or option customers, and a

    clearing organization shall not hold, use or dispose of such

    customer funds except as belonging to such commodity or option

    customers. Such customer funds when deposited in a bank or trust

    company shall be deposited under an account name which clearly shows

    that they are the customer funds of the commodity or option

    customers of clearing members, segregated as required by the Act and

    these regulations.'' Id. Regulation 1.26(b) contains similar

    language. Id.

    \141\ If a DCO chooses to accept intangible Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral from an FCM, then the proposal effectively

    requires the DCO to maintain such collateral outside of itself.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    c. Questions

    As described above, both the first and second methods incorporate

    assumptions with respect to DCO structure that were true when

    regulations 1.20(b) and 1.26(b) were first adopted and remain true

    currently. However, the Commission recognizes that DCO structure may

    change after the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations thereunder become

    effective. Notably, the Commission recognizes that a depository

    registered with either domestic or foreign banking regulators may seek

    to become a DCO, and that such depository may seek to hold Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral, as well as other forms of customer property.

    The Commission therefore requests comment on what, if any, changes to

    proposed regulation 22.3 may be appropriate to accommodate such

    possibility. Specifically, the Commission requests comment on whether a

    DCO that is also a registered depository should be permitted to hold

    both tangible and intangible forms of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral

    from FCMs itself. What challenges might this arrangement pose to

    protection (including effective segregation) of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral (as well as other forms of customer property)? How might

    these challenges be addressed?

    3. Commingling

    Regulation 22.3(c) proposes to permit a DCO to commingle the

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives from multiple FCMs

    on behalf of their Cleared Swaps Customers, while prohibiting the DCO

    from commingling Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral with:

    The money, securities, or other property belonging to the

    DCO;

    The money, securities, or other property belonging to any

    FCM; or

    Other categories of funds that it receives from an FCM on

    behalf of Customers, including ``customer funds'' for futures contracts

    (as regulation 1.3 defines such term) or the ``foreign futures or

    foreign options secured amount'' (as regulation 1.3 defines such term),

    except as permitted by a Commission rule, regulation or order (or by a

    derivatives clearing organization rule approved pursuant to regulation

    39.15(b)(2)).\142\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \142\ See note 117 supra.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed regulation 22.3(c) parallels regulations 1.20(a), 1.20(b),

    and 1.26(b).\143\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \143\ Regulations 1.20(a), 1.20(b), and 1.26(b) implicitly (i)

    permit the DCO to commingle the ``customer funds'' that it receives

    from multiple FCMs and (ii) prohibit the DCO from commingling

    ``customer funds'' with DCO funds, FCM funds, or funds supporting

    customer transactions in non-futures contracts. Specifically,

    regulation 1.20(a) states: ``All customer funds shall be separately

    accounted for and segregated as belonging to commodity or option

    customers.'' Regulation 1.20(b) further develops such language, as

    detailed in note 140 supra. Similarly, regulation 1.26(b) states:

    ``Each clearing organization which invests money belonging or

    accruing to commodity or option customers of its clearing members in

    instruments described in Sec. 1.25 shall separately account for

    such instruments and segregate such instruments as belonging to such

    commodity or option customers.'' 17 CFR 1.20(a), 1.20(b), and

    1.26(a).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    4. Exceptions

    Regulations 22.3(d) and (e) propose certain exceptions to the

    abovementioned requirements and limitations.

    a. FCM Deposits and Withdrawals

    Regulation 22.3(d) constitutes an exception to regulation 22.3(c)

    (Commingling). Regulation 22.3(d) proposes to allow a DCO to place

    money, securities, or other property belonging to an FCM in a DCO

    Physical Location, or deposit such money, securities, or other property

    in the relevant Cleared Swaps Customer Account, pursuant to an

    instruction

    [[Page 33837]]

    from the FCM. Regulation 22.3(d) further proposes to permit FCM

    withdrawals of money, securities, or other property from a DCO Physical

    Location or Cleared Swaps Customer Account. As discussed below, a DCO

    functions as a Permitted Depository for an FCM. Proposed regulation

    22.3 enables such function, by facilitating (i) FCM deposits of its own

    money, securities, or other property in its Cleared Swaps Customer

    Account at the DCO,\144\ and (ii) FCM withdrawals of its residual

    financial interest in the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.\145\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \144\ See proposed regulation 22.2(d)(2).

    \145\ See proposed regulation 22.2(d)(3).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    b. Permitted Investments

    Regulation 22.3(e) constitutes an exception to regulation

    22.3(b)(1) (Location of Cleared Swaps Collateral) and regulation 22.15

    (Treatment of Cleared Swaps Collateral on an Individual Basis).

    Regulation 22.3(e) proposes to allow a DCO to invest Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral in accordance with regulation 1.25, which

    delineates permitted investments of ``customer funds'' (as regulation

    1.3 defines such term) for futures contracts.

    D. Proposed Regulation 22.4--Futures Commission Merchants and

    Derivatives Clearing Organizations: Permitted Depositories

    1. The Permitted Depositories

    Regulation 22.4 proposes a list of depositories permitted to hold

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral (the ``Permitted Depositories''). For

    a DCO or an FCM, a Permitted Depository must (subject to regulation

    22.9) be: (i) A bank located in the United States; (ii) a trust company

    located in the United States; or (iii) a DCO. As discussed further

    below, regulation 22.9 incorporates regulation 1.49 with respect to

    Permitted Depositories located outside the United States.\146\ An FCM

    may also serve as a Permitted Depository, but only if it is a

    ``Collecting Futures Commission Merchant'' carrying the Cleared Swaps

    (and related Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral) of a ``Depositing

    Futures Commission Merchant'' (as regulation 22.1 proposes to define

    each such term). Before an entity may serve as a Permitted Depository,

    the DCO or FCM seeking to maintain a Cleared Swaps Customer Account

    must obtain a written acknowledgement letter, as discussed further

    below.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \146\ While there is some ambiguity as to whether regulation

    1.49 currently applies to DCOs given the provisions of current

    regulation 39.2, the Commission has proposed amendments that would

    remove regulation 39.2. See Risk Management Requirements for

    Derivatives Clearing Organizations, 76 FR 3698, 3714 (Jan. 20,

    2011). Thus, if the proposed amendments are finalized as written,

    DCOs would be subject to the requirements set forth in regulation

    1.49. In addition, notwithstanding regulation 39.2, the Commission

    and industry have proceeded on the basis that the requirements of

    regulation 1.49 apply to DCOs.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In general, proposed regulation 22.4 parallels regulations 1.20,

    1.26 and 1.49(d)(2), with the exception of allowing an FCM to serve as

    a Permitted Depository only if the FCM is a ``Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchant.'' \147\ The Commission believes that such a

    limitation is appropriate, because the purpose for allowing an FCM to

    serve as a Permitted Depository is to facilitate the clearing of swaps

    carried by an FCM that is not a member of a particular DCO (i.e., the

    Depositing Futures Commission Merchant) through another FCM that is a

    member of that DCO (i.e., the Collecting Futures Commission

    Merchant).\148\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \147\ Regulations 1.20(a) and (c) imply that an FCM may deposit

    ``customer funds'' with ``any bank, trust company, clearing

    organization or another futures commission merchant.'' Regulation

    1.20(b) implies than a DCO may deposit ``customer funds'' from FCMs

    with ``a bank or trust company.'' Regulations 1.26(a) and (b)

    contain similar language. Regulation 1.49(d)(2) clarifies that an

    FCM or DCO may deposit ``customer funds'' in the United States only

    with ``(i) A bank or trust company; (ii) A futures commission

    merchant registered as such with the Commission; or (iii) A

    derivatives clearing organization.'' 17 CFR 1.20, 1.26, and

    1.49(d)(2).

    \148\ See section 4d(f)(3)(A)(ii) of the CEA, as amended by

    section 724 of the Dodd-Frank Act (explicitly stating that Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral may be withdrawn to margin, guarantee,

    secure, transfer, adjust, or settle a Cleared Swap with a DCO, or

    any member of a DCO, and not explicitly allowing withdrawals for any

    other purpose (except for permitted investments)).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. Question

    The Commission seeks public comment on whether the limitation that

    it is proposing for an FCM serving as a Permitted Depository is

    appropriate.

    E. Proposed Regulation 22.5--Futures Commission Merchants and

    Derivatives Clearing Organizations: Written Acknowledgement

    1. Substantive Requirements

    As mentioned above, a DCO or FCM must obtain a written

    acknowledgement letter from a potential Permitted Depository before

    opening a Cleared Swaps Customer Account.\149\ Regulation 22.5 proposes

    substantive requirements for such letter. First, regulation 22.5

    proposes to mandate that the FCM or DCO obtain a written

    acknowledgement letter in accordance with regulations 1.20 and 1.26,

    which shall apply to Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral as if such

    collateral constituted ``customer funds'' (as regulation 1.3 defines

    such term). The Commission seeks comment as to whether such

    incorporation by reference is the most appropriate way to proceed, or

    whether the Commission should publish a separate form acknowledgement

    letter for swaps. In what way should such separate form letter differ

    from the form letter previously published for futures customer funds?

    \150\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \149\ The function of a written acknowledgment letter is to

    ensure that a potential Permitted Depository is aware that (i) the

    FCM or DCO is opening a Cleared Swaps Customer Account, (ii) the

    funds deposited in such account constitute Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral, and (iii) such Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral is

    subject to the requirements of section 4d(f) of the CEA and Part 22

    (when finalized).

    \150\ See 75 FR 47738 (Aug. 9, 2010) (proposing form

    acknowledgment letters for customer funds and secured amount funds).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Second, regulation 22.5 proposes to exempt the FCM or DCO from the

    requirement to obtain a written acknowledgement letter, if the

    potential Permitted Depository is a DCO that has adopted rules

    providing for the segregation of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.

    This proposed exemption is consistent with regulation 1.20.\151\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \151\ Currently, with respect to an FCM, regulation 1.20(a)

    states: ``Each registrant shall obtain and retain in its files for

    the period provided in Sec. 1.31 a written acknowledgment from such

    bank, trust company, clearing organization, or futures commission

    merchant, that it was informed that the customer funds deposited

    therein are those of commodity or option customers and are being

    held in accordance with the provisions of the Act and this part:

    Provided, however, that an acknowledgment need not be obtained from

    a clearing organization that has adopted and submitted to the

    Commission rules that provide for the segregation as customer funds,

    in accordance with all relevant provisions of the Act and the rules

    and orders promulgated thereunder, of all funds held on behalf of

    customers.'' 17 CFR 1.20(a).

    Currently, with respect to a DCO, regulation 1.20(b) states:

    ``The clearing organization shall obtain and retain in its files for

    the period provided by Sec. 1.31 an acknowledgment from such bank

    or trust company that it was informed that the customer funds

    deposited therein are those of commodity or option customers of its

    clearing members and are being held in accordance with the

    provisions of the Act and these regulations.'' 17 CFR 1.20(b).

    However, as noted above, the Commission is currently considering

    a notice of proposed rulemaking amending regulation 1.20. See 75 FR

    47740 (Aug. 9, 2010).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. Question

    The Commission is currently considering a notice of proposed

    rulemaking amending regulation 1.20 with respect to requirements for

    written acknowledgement letters from depositories of ``customer funds''

    (as regulation 1.3 defines such term) for futures contracts. The

    Commission seeks comment on whether the following are appropriate: (i)

    The incorporation of regulation 1.20 (as the Commission may choose to

    amend such

    [[Page 33838]]

    regulation) in proposed regulation 22.5, and (ii) the adaptation of any

    form letter that the Commission may choose to promulgate under

    regulation 1.20 to accommodate Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral under

    regulation 22.5.

    F. Proposed Regulation 22.6--Futures Commission Merchants and

    Derivatives Clearing Organizations: Naming of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Accounts

    Regulation 22.6 proposes to require an FCM or DCO to ensure that

    the name of each Cleared Swaps Customer Account that it maintains with

    a Permitted Depository (i) clearly identifies the account as a

    ``Cleared Swaps Customer Account,'' and (ii) clearly indicates that the

    collateral therein is ``Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral'' subject to

    segregation in accordance with section 4d(f) of the CEA and Part 22 (as

    final). Proposed regulation 22.6 parallels regulation 1.20(a), 1.20(b),

    1.26(a), and 1.26(b).\152\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \152\ With respect to the responsibilities of an FCM, regulation

    1.20(a) states: ``Such customer funds when deposited with any bank,

    trust company, clearing organization or another futures commission

    merchant shall be deposited under an account name which clearly

    identifies them as such and shows that they are segregated as

    required by the Act and this part.'' 17 CFR 1.20(a). With respect to

    the responsibilities of a DCO, regulation 1.20(b) states: ``Such

    customer funds when deposited in a bank or trust company shall be

    deposited under an account name which clearly shows that they are

    the customer funds of the commodity or option customers of clearing

    members, segregated as required by the Act and these regulations.''

    17 CFR 1.20(b). Regulations 1.26(a) and (b) contain similar

    language.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    G. Proposed Regulation 22.7--Permitted Depositories: Treatment of

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral

    Regulation 22.7 proposes to require a Permitted Depository to treat

    all funds in a Cleared Swaps Customer Account as Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral. Regulation 22.7 further proposes to prohibit a Permitted

    Depository from holding, disposing of, or using any Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral as belonging to any person other than (i) the

    Cleared Swaps Customers of the FCM maintaining such Cleared Swaps

    Customer Account or (b) the Cleared Swaps Customers of the FCMs for

    which the DCO maintains such Cleared Swaps Customer Account. In other

    words, no Permitted Depository may use Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral to cover or support the obligations of the FCM or DCO

    maintaining the Cleared Swaps Customer Account. Proposed regulation

    22.7 parallels section 4d(f)(6) of the CEA, as added by section 724 of

    the Dodd-Frank Act.\153\ Proposed regulation 22.7 also parallels

    regulation 1.20.\154\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \153\ Section 4d(f)(6) of the CEA states: ``It shall be unlawful

    for any person, including any derivatives clearing organization and

    any depository institution, that has received any money, securities,

    or property for deposit in a separate account or accounts as

    provided in paragraph (2) to hold, dispose of, or use any such

    money, securities, or property as belonging to the depositing

    futures commission merchant or any person other than the swaps

    customer of the futures commission merchant.'' 7 U.S.C. 6d.

    \154\ Regulation 1.20 states: ``No person, including any

    clearing organization or any depository, that has received customer

    funds for deposit in a segregated account, as provided in this

    section, may hold, dispose of, or use any such funds as belonging to

    any person other than the option or commodity customers of the

    futures commission merchant which deposited such funds.'' 17 CFR

    1.20.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    H. Proposed Regulation 22.8--Situs of Cleared Swaps Accounts

    1. Proposed Requirements

    Proposed regulation 22.8 has no analog in the Part 1 Provisions.

    Regulation 22.8 proposes to require (i) each FCM to designate the

    United States as the site (i.e., the legal situs) of the FCM Physical

    Location and the ``account'' (as regulation 22.2(f)(1) defines such

    term) that the FCM maintains for each Cleared Swaps Customer, and (ii)

    each DCO to designate the United States as the site (i.e., the legal

    situs) of the DCO Physical Location and the Cleared Swaps Customer

    Account that the DCO maintains on its books and records for the Cleared

    Swaps Customers of each FCM. In light of increased cross-border

    activity,\155\ the Commission believes that proposed regulation 22.8 is

    appropriate, as it is intended to ensure that, in the event of an FCM

    or DCO insolvency, Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, whether received

    by an FCM or DCO, would be treated in accordance with the United States

    Bankruptcy Code. The Commission does not intend for proposed regulation

    22.8 to affect the actual locations in which an FCM or DCO may hold

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. As discussed further below, an FCM

    or DCO may hold Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral (i) in denominations

    other than the United States dollar and (ii) at depositories within or

    outside of the United States. Additionally, the Commission does not

    intend for proposed regulation 22.8 to affect choice of law provisions

    that a DCO might set forth in its rules or an FCM might set forth in

    its agreement with a Cleared Swaps Customer.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \155\ For example, the Commission currently regulates certain

    entities based outside of the United States (e.g., LCH.Clearnet

    Limited and ICE Clear Europe, each of which is based in the United

    Kingdom).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. Questions

    The Commission requests comment on whether proposed regulation 22.8

    achieves the purpose of the Commission--namely, to ensure that Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral be treated in accordance with the United

    States Bankruptcy Code, to the extent possible. If proposed regulation

    22.8 does not achieve such purpose, what alternatives should the

    Commission consider to achieve such purpose? Additionally, the

    Commission requests comment on the benefits and costs of proposed

    regulation 22.8, as well as any alternatives.

    I. Proposed Regulation 22.9--Denomination of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral and Location of Depositories

    Regulation 22.9 proposes to incorporate regulation 1.49 by

    reference, as applicable to Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.

    Regulation 1.49 sets forth, for futures contracts, rules determining

    the permitted denominations of customer funds (i.e., permitted

    currencies and amounts in each currency), permitted locations of

    customer funds (i.e., permitted countries and amounts in each country),

    and qualifications that entities outside of the United States must meet

    to become Permitted Depositories (e.g., minimum regulatory capital).

    However, regulation 22.9 proposes to allow an FCM to serve as a

    Permitted Depository only if that FCM is a ``Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchant'' carrying the Cleared Swaps, and associated

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, for the Cleared Swaps Customers of a

    ``Depositing Futures Commission Merchant.'' Such proposal accords with

    proposed regulation 22.4.

    J. Proposed Regulation 22.10--Incorporation by Reference

    Regulation 22.10 proposes to incorporate by reference regulations

    1.27 (Record of investments), 1.28 (Appraisal of obligations purchased

    with customer funds), 1.29 (Increment or interest resulting from

    investment of customer funds), and 1.30 (Loans by futures commission

    merchants; treatment of proceeds), as applicable to Cleared Swaps

    Customers and Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. Regulation 1.27

    requires FCMs and DCOs investing ``customer funds'' (as regulation 1.3

    defines such term) to maintain specified records concerning such

    investments. Regulation 1.28 requires FCMs investing ``customer funds''

    to record and report such investment at no greater than market value.

    Regulation 1.29 permits

    [[Page 33839]]

    FCMs and DCOs investing ``customer funds'' to receive and retain any

    increment or interest thereon. Regulation 1.30 permits FCMs to loan

    their own funds to customers on a secured basis, and to repledge or

    sell such security pursuant to agreement with such customers.

    Regulation 1.30 does make clear, however, that the proceeds of such

    loans, when used to purchase, margin, guarantee, or secure futures

    contracts, shall be treated as ``customer funds.''

    K. Proposed Regulation 22.11--Information To Be Provided Regarding

    Customers and Their Cleared Swaps

    1. Proposed Requirements

    In order to implement the Complete Legal Segregation Model,

    regulations 22.11 to 22.16 propose, among other things, requirements

    that ensure that each DCO and FCM: (i) Obtains, on a daily basis,

    information necessary for risk management; (ii) performs, on a daily

    basis, risk management calculations and records the results; (iii)

    receives on the day of default, any residual Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral; and (iv) allocates, on the day of default, the value of

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it owes to each individual

    customer. Regulations 22.11 to 22.16 recognize that swaps may be

    cleared through a multi-tier system, with certain FCMs clearing swaps

    for customers directly with the DCO and other FCMs clearing swaps for

    customers indirectly through another FCM. Therefore, Part 22 recognizes

    the concepts of ``Depositing Futures Commission Merchant'' and

    ``Collecting Futures Commission Merchant,'' each of which is described

    above. Regulations 22.11 to 22.16 extend their requirements through

    each potential tier of clearing, from the Depositing Futures Commission

    Merchant through the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant and finally

    to the DCO.

    Regulation 22.11 proposes to require that (i) each Depositing

    Futures Commission Merchant provide to its Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchant and (ii) each FCM member provide to its DCO, in

    each case, information sufficient to identify Cleared Swaps Customers

    on a one-time basis, and information sufficient to identify the

    portfolio of rights and obligations belonging to such customers with

    respect to their Cleared Swaps on a daily basis. If a Depositing

    Futures Commission Merchant or FCM member also serves as a Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant, then it must provide the specified

    information with respect to each individual Cleared Swaps Customer for

    which it acts (on behalf of a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant)

    as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant.

    The abovementioned information should aid Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchants and DCOs in their daily risk management programs

    by (i) revealing ownership of cleared swaps customer contracts (in

    contrast to currently available Large Trader information, which is

    based on control of futures contracts) and (ii) permitting DCOs to

    aggregate the positions of Cleared Swaps Customers clearing through

    multiple FCMs, and Collecting Futures Commission Merchants to aggregate

    the contracts of Cleared Swaps Customers clearing through multiple

    Depositing Futures Commission Merchants. The abovementioned information

    will also enable Collecting Futures Commission Merchants and DCOs to

    conform to their obligations to allocate Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral, in the event of an FCM default, pursuant to proposed

    regulation 22.15.

    The DCO is at the apex of the reporting structure that regulation

    22.11 establishes, as it receives all information for each individual

    Cleared Swaps Customer that FCMs, Collecting Futures Commission

    Merchants, and Depositing Futures Commission Merchants serve.

    Therefore, regulation 22.11 proposes to hold the DCO responsible for

    taking appropriate steps to confirm that the information that it

    receives is accurate and complete, and ensure that the information is

    being produced on a timely basis. However, because the DCO may not have

    a direct relationship with, e.g., a Depositing Futures Commission

    Merchant, the Commission intends for the DCO to take ``appropriate

    steps'' to ensure that its FCM members enter into suitable arrangements

    with, e.g., a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant to verify the

    accuracy and timeliness of information. In this manner, the Commission

    intends for the verification requirement to be applied through each

    potential tier of clearing.

    2. Questions

    Does the proposed requirement in regulation 22.11 for a Depositing

    Futures Commission Merchant to provide a Collecting Futures Commission

    Merchant with information sufficient to identify its Cleared Swaps

    Customers raise any, e.g., competitive concerns? Could such concerns be

    resolved if the identities of such Cleared Swaps Customers are coded,

    with the DCO, but not the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant,

    receiving a copy of such code? What other methods would resolve such

    concerns?

    L. Proposed Regulation 22.12--Information To Be Maintained Regarding

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral

    Regulation 22.12 proposes to require DCOs and Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchants to use the information provided pursuant to

    proposed regulation 22.11 to calculate, no less frequently than once

    each business day, the amount of collateral required (i) for each

    relevant Cleared Swaps Customer (including each such customer of a

    Depositing Futures Commission Merchant), based on the portfolio of

    rights and obligations arising from its Cleared Swaps; and (ii) for all

    relevant Cleared Swaps Customers. It is not the responsibility of a DCO

    or a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant to monitor or to calculate

    the extent to which a Cleared Swaps Customer has, in fact, posted

    excess or insufficient collateral. In the latter case, the relevant FCM

    will have, in effect, made a loan to the Cleared Swaps Customer and

    will have a claim against that customer, outside of the relationship

    with the DCO or the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant.

    M. Proposed Regulation 22.13--Additions to Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral

    Regulation 22.13 proposes two tools that DCOs or Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchants may use to manage the risk they incur with respect

    to individual Cleared Swaps Customers. These tools are not intended to

    be mandatory or exclusive, and the Commission seeks comment on how the

    Commission may enable DCOs or Collecting Futures Commission Merchants

    to use other tools to manage such risk.

    Regulation 22.13(a) proposes to clarify that a DCO or Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant may increase the collateral required of a

    particular Cleared Swaps Customer or group of such customers, based on

    an evaluation of the credit risk posed by such customer(s), in which

    case such higher amount shall be calculated and recorded as provided in

    proposed regulation 22.12, and would (on an individual basis) be

    available in the event of a default by any such Cleared Swaps Customer.

    This proposed clarification is not intended to interfere with the right

    of any FCM to increase the collateral requirements with respect to any

    of its customers. The Commission requests comment regarding whether a

    DCO or a

    [[Page 33840]]

    Collecting Futures Commission Merchant may wish to increase the

    collateral required, in the manner described above, for any reason

    other than credit risk.

    Similarly, proposed regulation 22.13(b) clarifies that any

    collateral deposited by an FCM out of its own funds pursuant to

    proposed regulation 22.2(e)(3), in which the FCM has a residual

    financial interest pursuant to proposed regulation 22.2(e)(4), may, to

    the extent of such residual interest, be used by a DCO or Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant to margin the cleared swaps of any or all

    of such customers. Thus, if a DCO chooses to require an FCM member, or

    if a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant chooses to require a

    Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, in each case, to post such

    additional collateral out of its own funds, the collateral would be

    available, to the extent specified above, on an omnibus basis, in the

    event of default of any relevant Cleared Swaps Customer.

    N. Proposed Regulation 22.14--Futures Commission Merchant Failure To

    Meet a Customer Margin Call in Full

    The structure of proposed regulations 22.14(a) through (d) is

    intended to ensure that each tier of clearing receives the requisite

    transmissions of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral and information to

    attribute such collateral on the date of an FCM default. Starting from

    the lowest tier, regulation 22.14(a) proposes to require a Depositing

    Futures Commission Merchant that fails to meet a margin call with

    respect to a Cleared Swaps Customer Account, in full, to (i) transmit

    to its Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, with respect to each

    Cleared Swaps Customer of the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant

    whose contracts contribute to that margin call, the lesser of the

    amount called for or the remaining collateral for that customer on

    deposit at such Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, and (ii) advise

    the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant of the identity of the

    Cleared Swaps Customer and the amount transmitted on behalf of such

    customer. Moving towards the middle tier, regulation 22.14(b) proposes

    to parallel the above requirement for a Depositing Futures Commission

    Merchant that also serves as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant.

    Moving towards the apex, regulations 22.14(c) and (d) propose to

    parallel the above requirement for an FCM member of a DCO, including if

    the FCM member is also a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant.

    Regulations 22.14(e) and (f) propose to address a situation

    involving investment risk, the loss of value of collateral, despite the

    application of haircuts. Specifically, if (i) the collateral collected

    by a DCO or Collecting Futures Commission Merchant is sufficient to

    meet the amount of collateral required by regulation 22.12 on the

    business day before the failure to meet the margin call (with

    sufficiency measured including the application of haircuts specified by

    the rules and procedures of the DCO or the policies applied by the

    Collecting Futures Commission Merchant), and (ii) as of the close of

    business on the business day of the failure to meet the margin call,

    the value of such collateral is, due to changes in market value, less

    than the amount required by regulation 22.12 on the business day before

    the failure to meet the margin call, then that loss of value will be

    shared among the customers pro rata: The amount of collateral

    attributable to each customer will be reduced by the percentage

    difference between the amount specified in regulation 22.12 on that

    previous business day and the market value of the collateral on the day

    of the failure to meet the margin call. The Commission believes that

    investment risk, unlike fellow-customer risk, should not be borne by

    the DCO. The Commission seeks comment on this allocation of investment

    risk.

    O. Proposed Regulation 22.15--Treatment of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral on an Individual Basis

    Proposed regulation 22.15 sets forth the basic principle of

    individual collateral protection. It requires each DCO and each

    Collecting Futures Commission Merchant to treat the amount of

    collateral required with respect to the portfolio of rights and

    obligations arising out of the Cleared Swaps intermediated for each

    Cleared Swaps Customer as belonging to that customer. That amount may

    not be used to margin, guarantee or secure the cleared swaps, or any

    other obligations, of an FCM, or of any other customer.

    It should be noted that what is protected is an amount (i.e., a

    value) of collateral, rather than any specific item of collateral.

    As discussed above, the Commission is proposing herein the Complete

    Legal Segregation Model, but is seeking comment as to whether the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Model would be more appropriate. Under the

    Legal Segregation with Recourse Model, this regulation would be

    modified to permit the use of the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral of

    non-defaulting customers after the exhaustion of both the DCO's

    contribution to default resources from its own capital, and the

    guaranty fund contributions of clearing members.

    Specifically, an additional section would be added to the effect

    that

    a derivatives clearing organization may, if its rules so provide,

    and if the derivatives clearing organization has first exhausted the

    resources described in Sec. Sec. 39.11(b)(1)(ii) [the derivatives

    clearing organization's own capital], (iii) [Guaranty fund

    deposits], and (iv) [other financial resources deemed acceptable by

    the Commission], use the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral of all

    Cleared Swaps Customers of a depositing futures commission merchant

    that has defaulted in a payment to the derivatives clearing

    organization with respect to its Cleared Swaps Customer Account.

    Under such a proposal, the Commission does not contemplate

    requiring the use of a DCO's assessment powers before permitting the

    use of the collateral of non-defaulting customers under the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Model.

    P. Proposed Regulation 22.16--Disclosures to Customers

    In order to make Cleared Swaps Customers aware of the limits of

    protection under the Complete Legal Segregation Model, proposed

    regulations 22.16(a) and (b) require FCMs to disclose to their Cleared

    Swaps Customers the governing provisions relating to use of customer

    collateral, transfer of Cleared Swaps and related collateral,

    neutralization of the risks of customer positions, or liquidation of

    cleared swaps, in each case in the event of a default by its FCM

    related to the Cleared Swaps Customer Account, either to a Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant or directly to a DCO. Proposed regulation

    22.16(c) specifies that the governing provisions are the rules of the

    DCO, or the provisions of the customer agreement between the Depositing

    Futures Commission Merchant and the Collecting Futures Commission

    Merchant, on or through which the Depositing Futures Commission

    Merchant clears swaps for Cleared Swaps Customers.

    The Commission is particularly interested in further discussion of

    the benefits and costs of each model in light of the proposed

    regulations (i.e., the Complete Legal Segregation Model that is

    proposed and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model that is being

    considered). In particular, the Commission seeks comment on (1)

    Operational costs: The incremental activities commenters would be

    required to perform, with respect to

    [[Page 33841]]

    cleared swaps and cleared swaps collateral under each model that they

    are not currently required to perform with respect to futures and

    futures collateral, and the initial and annualized costs of such

    activities. How can these costs be estimated industry-wide? Please

    provide a detailed basis for these estimates; and (2) Risk Environment

    Costs: How do you see the industry adapting to the risk changes

    attendant to each model? What types of costs would you expect your

    institution to incur if the industry adapts to the model in the most

    efficient manner feasible? How are those costs different from the costs

    your institution incurs relative to futures and futures collateral?

    What is a reasonable estimate of the initial and annualized ongoing

    incremental costs incurred by your institution, and how can such costs

    be estimated industry wide? Please provide a detailed basis for your

    estimates.

    V. Section by Section Analysis: Amendments to Regulation Part 190

    A. Background

    In April of 2010, prior to the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the

    Commission promulgated rules to establish an account class for cleared

    OTC derivatives (and related collateral).\156\ At that time, there were

    questions concerning the authority of the Commission to require the

    segregation of cleared OTC derivatives (and related collateral), or to

    establish the account class for the insolvency of a DCO. As a result,

    protection for cleared OTC derivatives (and related) collateral was

    limited to those cases where such derivatives and collateral were

    required to be segregated pursuant to the rules of a DCO, and the reach

    of the account class was limited to cases of the bankruptcy of a

    commodity broker that is an FCM. Moreover, while section 4d(a)(2) of

    the CEA permitted the inclusion in the domestic futures account class

    of transactions and related collateral from outside that class, there

    was no similar provision permitting the inclusion in the cleared OTC

    account class of transactions and related collateral from outside that

    latter class.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \156\ See Account Class, 75 FR 17297 (Apr. 6, 2010).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Section 724 of the Dodd-Frank Act has resolved these questions. As

    mentioned above, section 4d(f) of the Dodd-Frank Act requires, among

    other things, segregation of Cleared Swaps and Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral. Section 4d(f)(3)(B) of the CEA permits the inclusion of

    positions in other contracts (such as exchange-traded futures) and

    related collateral with Cleared Swaps and Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral. Section 724(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act amends the Bankruptcy

    Code to include in the definition of ``commodity contracts'' Cleared

    Swaps with respect to both FCMs and DCOs. Thus, this section V proposes

    amendments to regulation Part 190, pursuant to Commission authority

    under section 20 of the CEA, in order to give effect to section 724 of

    the Dodd-Frank Act. Such amendments conform to proposed Part 22.

    B. Definitions

    The Commission proposes certain technical amendments to regulation

    190.01 to remove the reference to the definition of ``Opt-out

    customer'' from the definition of ``Non-Public Customer,'' and to

    include or exclude Cleared Swaps and Cleared Swaps Collateral in the

    definitions of ``Clearing Organization,'' ``Non-Public Customer,'' and

    ``Principal Contract,'' as appropriate. The Commission also proposes

    substantive changes to the definitions of ``Account Class'' and

    ``Cleared Swaps.''

    1. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01(a)--Account Class

    The Commission proposes amending regulation 190.01(a) to change the

    definition of account class to include a class for cleared swaps

    accounts, without limiting that definition to commodity brokers that

    are FCMs (as is currently the case). In addition, commodity option

    accounts would be deleted from the definition because the term

    commodity options, as defined in section 1.3, includes options on

    futures (which are regulated as futures) and options on commodities

    (which under the Dodd-Frank Act are swaps). The additions of

    subsections (a)(2)(i) and (a)(2)(ii) are meant to make clear that

    options on futures and options on commodities should not be grouped

    into one account class; rather options on futures should be deemed part

    of the futures account class and options on commodities should deemed

    part of the cleared swaps account class. Another proposed amendment,

    subsection (a)(3), is intended to clarify that Commission orders

    putting futures contracts and related collateral in the cleared swaps

    account class (pursuant to new section 4d(f)(3)(B) of the CEA) are

    treated, for bankruptcy purposes, in a manner analogous to orders

    putting cleared swaps and related collateral in the futures account

    class (pursuant to CEA section 4d(a)(2)). The proposed amended Sec.

    190.01(a) would clarify that if, pursuant to a Commission rule,

    regulation or order (or a derivatives clearing organization rule

    approved pursuant to regulation 39.15(b)(2)), positions or transactions

    that would otherwise belong to one class are associated with positions

    and related collateral in commodity contracts another account class,

    then the former positions and related collateral shall be treated as

    part of the latter account class.

    2. Proposed New Regulation 190.01(e)--Calendar Day

    The Commission proposes defining the term ``calendar day'' to

    include the time from midnight to midnight.

    3. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01(f)--Clearing Organization

    The Commission proposes to amend the definition of clearing

    organization to remove, as unnecessary, the reference to commodity

    options traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market or board

    of trade.

    4. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01(cc)--Non-Public Customer

    The Commission proposes to amend the definition of non-public

    customer to include references to non-public customers under regulation

    30.1(c) (with respect to foreign futures and options customers) and in

    the definition of cleared swaps proprietary account.

    5. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01(hh)--Principal Contract

    The Commission proposes to amend the definition of principal

    contract to include an exclusion for cleared swaps contracts.

    6. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01(ll)--Specifically

    Identifiable Property

    The Commission proposes to amend the definition of specifically

    identifiable property to change, in subsection (ll)(2)(ii), an

    anachronistic reference to section 5a(a)(12) of the CEA to a reference

    to 5c(c) of the CEA, and to change references to ``business days'' in

    subsections (ll)(4) and (ll)(5) to references to ``calendar days,'' to

    conform to other proposed changes to Part 190 implementing Public Law

    111-16, the Statutory Time-Periods Technical Amendments Act of 2009,

    which (in relevant part) changed the time period in 11 U.S.C. 764(b)

    from five (business) days to seven (calendar) days.\157\ Because the

    pace of recent commodity broker bankruptcies has included work on

    weekends, references to four or fewer ``business days'' have

    [[Page 33842]]

    been changed to the same number of calendar days; while references to

    five business days have been changed to six calendar days.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \157\ See generally 75 FR 75432, 75435 (Dec. 3, 2010).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    7. Proposed Amendment to Regulation 190.01 (pp)--Cleared Swap

    Proposed new Sec. 190.01(pp) replaces the definition of ``Cleared

    OTC Derivative'' that the Commission previously adopted with a

    definition of cleared swap that incorporates by reference the

    definition of that term in Sec. 22.1.

    C. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.02--Operation of the Debtor's

    Estate Subsequent to the Filing Date and Prior to the Primary

    Liquidation Date

    The Commission is proposing certain technical amendments to (1)

    expand regulation 190.02 to apply to cleared swaps (and related

    collateral) and (2) change references to ``business days'' to

    references to ``calendar days,'' and require transfer instructions by

    the sixth calendar day after the order for relief and instructed

    transfers to be completed by the seventh calendar day after the order

    for relief, in order to fall within the protection of section 764(b) of

    the Bankruptcy Code. Other proposed amendments to Sec. 190.02(g)(1)(i)

    are intended to clarify that maintenance margin refers to the

    maintenance margin requirements of the applicable designated contract

    market or swap execution facility. Inclusion of the words ``if any''

    reflects Commission recognition that there may be situations where

    there is no applicable designated contract market or swap execution

    facility.

    D. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.03--Operation of the Debtor's

    Estate Subsequent to the Primary Liquidation Date

    In addition to certain technical amendments to (1) expand

    regulation 190.03 to apply to cleared swaps (and related collateral)

    and (2) change references to ``business days'' to references to

    ``calendar days,'' proposed amendments to Sec. 190.03(a)(3) are

    intended to clarify that maintenance margin refers to the maintenance

    margin requirements of the applicable designated contract market or

    swap execution facility. Inclusion of the words ``if any'' reflects

    Commission recognition that there may be situations where there is no

    applicable designated contract market or swap execution facility.

    E. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.04--Operation of the Debtor's

    Estate--General

    Proposed amendments to regulation 190.04 would extend the

    liquidation of open commodity contracts held for a house account or a

    customer account by or on behalf of a commodity broker that is a debtor

    to commodity contracts traded on swap execution facilities.\158\ These

    commodity contracts would be liquidated in accordance with the rules of

    the relevant swap execution facility or designated contract market,

    under a liquidation process that, to the extent possible under market

    conditions at the time of liquidation, results in competitive pricing.

    In addition, in order to conform to current market practice, the

    amendments would allow open commodity contracts that are liquidated by

    book entry to be offset using the settlement price as calculated by the

    relevant clearing organization pursuant to its rules, which rules would

    also be required to promote competitive pricing to the extent feasible

    under market conditions at the time of liquidation. Such rules are

    required to be submitted to the Commission for approval pursuant to

    section 5c(c) of the CEA, or approved by the Commission (or its

    delegate) pursuant to regulation 190.10(d).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \158\ Open commodity contracts traded on a designated contract

    market would continue to be liquidated in accordance with the rules

    of the relevant designated contract market.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    F. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.05--Making and Taking Delivery

    on Commodity Contracts

    Proposed amendments to regulation 190.05 are technical in nature,

    changing a reference to ``contract market'' to ``designated contract

    market, swap execution facility, or clearing organization,'' and

    requiring the submission of rules for approval subject to section 5c(c)

    of the CEA.

    G. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.06--Transfers

    Proposed amendments to regulation 190.06(a) are intended to clarify

    that nothing in paragraph (a) would constrain the contractual right of

    the DCO to liquidate open commodity contracts, even those pertaining to

    customers (whether transacting in futures, cleared swaps, or other

    products).

    Proposed amendments to regulation 190.06(e) would permit the

    trustee to transfer accounts with no open commodity contracts. In past

    commodity broker bankruptcies, the Commission has permitted the

    transfer of such accounts. Moreover, section 761(9)(A)(ii)(I) and (II)

    of the Bankruptcy Code define a ``customer'' to include an entity that

    holds a claim against the FCM arising out of: (i) the liquidation of a

    commodity contract and (ii) a deposit or payment of property with such

    FCM for the purpose of making or margining a commodity contract, either

    of which might occur after or before the customer holds a commodity

    contract. Further, section 764 of the Bankruptcy Code prohibits the

    trustee from avoiding post-petition transfers: (i) facilitating the

    liquidation of a commodity contract, and presumably claims attendant

    thereto, and (ii) of any cash, securities, or other property margining

    or securing a commodity contract, and presumably claims thereto.

    Proposed amendments to regulation 190.06(g) would prohibit the

    trustee from avoiding pre-petition transfers made by a clearing

    organization on behalf of customers of the debtor of accounts held for

    or on behalf of customers of the debtor as long as the money,

    securities, or other property accompanying such transfer would not

    exceed the funded balance of such accounts based on information

    available as of the close of business on the business day immediately

    preceding such transfer minus the value on the date of return or

    transfer of any property previously returned or transferred thereto.

    The Commission believes that this change promotes portability by

    allowing clearing organizations to efficiently manage the customer

    accounts of the debtor in a default scenario.

    In light of the importance of transfers to swaps markets, the

    Commission observes that certain portions of regulation 190.06 are not

    being changed. Specifically, regulation 190.06(f)(3) addresses partial

    transfers, whether with respect to fewer than all customers (subsection

    (i)), or with respect to fewer than all contracts cleared on behalf of

    a particular customer (subsection (ii)). Moreover, regulation

    190.06(e)(2) limits the amount of equity that may be transferred in

    respect of any account to the funded balance of that account, subject

    to certain adjustments, ``based on available information as of the

    calendar day immediately preceding transfer'' (emphasis supplied).

    While a transfer of all contracts in all accounts may be

    preferable, it may, in certain circumstances, be impracticable. If so,

    the regulations described above accommodate partial transfers.

    In addition, technical amendments have been made to change

    ``business day'' to ``calendar day.''

    [[Page 33843]]

    H. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.07--Calculation of Allowed Net

    Equity

    Proposed amendments to regulation 190.07(b) clarify that individual

    cleared swaps customer accounts within an omnibus account are to be

    treated individually. A proposed amendment to regulation 190.07(c)

    corrects a typographical error. Proposed amendments to regulation

    190.07(e) would change the valuation of an open commodity contract so

    that the value of the commodity contract would be derived from the

    settlement price as calculated by the relevant clearing organization

    pursuant to its rules, provided that such rules have been submitted to

    the Commission for approval pursuant to section 5c(c)(4) of the CEA and

    have received such approval, or have been approved pursuant to

    regulation 190.10(d). This change is intended to conform the valuation

    of an open commodity contract to current market practices. Another

    proposed amendment to regulation 190.07(e) would change references to

    securities traded over-the-counter pursuant to the National Association

    of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System to securities not

    traded on an exchange, again to conform to current market practices.

    I. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.09--Member Property

    Proposed amendments to regulation 190.09(b) have been made to

    include references to an account excluded pursuant to the proviso in

    regulation 30.1(c) (with respect to proprietary foreign futures and

    options customers) and to the cleared swaps proprietary account.

    J. Proposed Amendments to Regulation 190.10--General

    Proposed amendments to regulation 190.10 (a) have been made to

    remove references to providing notice by telegram or ordinary postal

    mail and to require notice by e-mail and overnight mail.

    K. Proposed Amendments to Appendix A to Part 190--Bankruptcy Forms,

    Bankruptcy

    Proposed changes to appendix A, form 1 would remove references to

    ``bulk transfers'' and replace the term with the word ``transfers.''

    While the Commission believes that the trustee should transfer as much

    of a customer account as possible for each account class \159\ to one

    non-defaulting FCM, the Commission recognizes that there may be

    situations where a bulk transfer may not be possible.\160\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \159\ Account class means each of the following types of

    customer accounts that must be recognized as a separate class of

    account by the trustee: futures accounts, foreign futures accounts,

    leverage accounts, delivery accounts as defined in Sec.

    190.05(a)(2) of this part, and cleared swaps accounts.

    \160\ For example, when evaluating the creditworthiness of

    various FCMs, the trustee may conclude that it would be preferable

    to transfer portions of a customer account to several different non-

    defaulting FCMs who have high credit ratings instead of one non-

    defaulting futures commission merchant with lower credit quality.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Technical amendments also are being proposed for appendix A to Part

    190. These amendments would include revisions to reflect the addition

    of section 4d(f) by section 724 of the Dodd-Frank Act. In addition,

    amendments have been made to clarify that Commission approval with

    respect to the rules of a registered entity that require Commission

    approval means Commission approval under section 5c(c) of the CEA.

    Additional technical amendments to appendix A to Part 190 have been

    proposed to conform certain time periods to the proposed changes made

    by the Commission to implement Public Law 111-16, the Statutory Time-

    Periods Technical Amendments Act of 2009.

    L. Proposed Amendments to Appendix B to Part 190--Special Bankruptcy

    Distributions

    Proposed amendments to appendix B would clarify that the cross

    margining program is intended to apply only to futures customers and

    futures customer funds.

    VI. Effective Date

    The Commission requests comment on the appropriate timing of

    effectiveness for the final rules for Part 22.\161\ Specifically, is

    six months after the promulgation of final rules sufficient? If not,

    please specify a recommended time period, and explain in detail the

    reasons why no shorter period will be sufficient.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \161\ The amendments to Part 190 appear to be self-executing,

    but commenters are invited to suggest why an implementation period

    for these amendments might be necessary.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    VII. Administrative Compliance

    A. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (``RFA'')\162\ requires that

    agencies, in proposing rules, consider whether the rules they propose

    will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of

    small entities and, if so, provide a regulatory flexibility analysis

    addressing the impact. The proposed rules will affect DCOs and FCMs.

    The Commission has previously determined that DCOs and FCMs are not

    small entities for purposes of the RFA.\163\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \162\ 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.

    \163\ See 66 FR 45605, 45609 (Aug. 29, 2001) (DCOs); 47 FR

    18618, 18619-20 (Apr. 30, 1982) (FCMs).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Accordingly, pursuant to section 605(b) of the RFA, 5 U.S.C.

    605(b), the Chairman, on behalf of the Commission, certifies that these

    proposed rule amendments will not have a significant economic impact on

    a substantial number of small entities. The Commission invites the

    public to comment on this finding.

    B. Paperwork Reduction Act

    1. Introduction

    Provisions of proposed new Part 22 of the Commission's rules

    include new information disclosure and recordkeeping requirements that

    constitute the collection of information within the meaning of the

    Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (``PRA'').\164\ The Commission

    therefore is submitting this proposed collection of information to the

    Office of Management and Budget (``OMB'') for review in accordance with

    44 U.S.C. 3507(d) and 5 CFR 1320.11. Under the PRA, an agency may not

    conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a

    collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control

    number.\165\ The title for this collection of information is

    ``Disclosure and Retention of Certain Information Relating to Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral,'' OMB Control Number 3038-NEW. This

    collection of information will be mandatory. The information in

    question will be held by private entities and, to the extent it

    involves consumer financial information, may be protected under Title V

    of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act.\166\

    This collection of information has not yet been assigned an OMB control

    number.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \164\ 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.

    \165\ Id.

    \166\ See generally Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, Privacy of

    Consumer Financial Information; Conforming Amendments Under Dodd-

    Frank Act, 75 FR 66014 (Oct. 27, 2010).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2. Information Provided by Reporting Entities

    Proposed section 22.2(g) requires each FCM with Cleared Swaps

    Customer Accounts to compute daily the amount of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral on deposit in Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts, the amount of

    such collateral

    [[Page 33844]]

    required to be on deposit in such accounts and the amount of the FCM's

    residual financial interest in such accounts. The computations and

    supporting data must be kept in accordance with the CFTC regulation

    1.31, which establishes generally applicable rules for recordkeeping

    under the CEA. The purpose of this collection of information is to help

    ensure that FCMs' Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts are in compliance at

    all times with statutory and regulatory requirements for such accounts.

    Proposed section 22.5(a) requires an FCM or DCO to obtain, from

    each depository with which it deposits cleared swaps customer

    funds,\167\ a letter acknowledging that such funds belong to the

    cleared swaps customers of the FCM, and not the FCM itself or any other

    person. The purpose of this collection of information is to confirm

    that the depository understands its responsibilities with respect to

    protection of cleared swaps customer funds.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \167\ Proposed section 22.5(c) provides an exception for a DCO

    serving as a depository where such DCO has made effective rules that

    provide for the segregation of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in

    accordance with all relevant provisions of the CEA and the

    regulations thereunder.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed section 22.11 requires each FCM that intermediates cleared

    swaps for customers on or subject to the rules of a DCO, whether

    directly as a clearing member or indirectly through a Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant, to provide the DCO or the Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant, as appropriate, with information

    sufficient to identify each customer of the FCM whose swaps are cleared

    by the FCM. Section 22.11 also requires the FCM, at least once daily,

    to provide the DCO or the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, as

    appropriate, with information sufficient to identify each customer's

    portfolio of rights and obligations arising out of cleared swaps

    intermediated by the FCM. The purpose of this collection of information

    is to facilitate risk management by DCOs and Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchants, and, in the event of default by the FCM, to

    enable DCOs and Collecting Futures Commission Merchants to perform

    their duty, pursuant to section 22.15, to treat the collateral

    attributed to each customer of the FCM on an individual basis.

    Proposed section 22.12 requires that each Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchant and DCO, on a daily basis, calculate, based on

    information received pursuant to proposed section 22.11 and on

    information generated and used in the ordinary course of business by

    the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant or DCO, and record certain

    information about the amount of collateral required for each Cleared

    Swaps Customer and the sum of these amounts.

    Proposed section 22.16 requires that each FCM who has cleared swaps

    customers disclose to each of such customers the governing provisions,

    as established by DCO rules or customer agreements between collecting

    and depositing FCMs, relating to use of customer collateral, transfer,

    neutralization of the risks, or liquidation of cleared swaps in the

    event of a default by a depositing FCM relating to a cleared swaps

    customer account. The purpose of this collection of information is to

    ensure that cleared swaps customers are informed of the procedures to

    which accounts containing their swaps collateral may be subject in the

    event of a default by their FCM.

    The recordkeeping and disclosure requirements of sections 22.2(g)

    and 22.11 are expected to apply to approximately 100 entities on a

    daily basis.\168\ The recordkeeping requirement of section 22.5 is

    expected to apply to approximately 100 entities on an approximately

    annual basis. Based on experience with analogous recordkeeping and

    disclosure requirements for FCMs in futures transactions, the

    recordkeeping and disclosure required by section 22.2(g) is expected to

    require about 100 hours annually per entity, for a total burden of

    approximately 20,000 hours. At an hourly rate of $25 per hour, the cost

    burden would be approximately $2500 per entity per year for a total of

    $250,000. Also based on experience with analogous recordkeeping

    requirements for FCMs in futures transactions, the recordkeeping

    requirement of section 22.5 is expected to require about 5 hours per

    entity per year, for a total burden of approximately 500 hours per

    year. At an hourly rate of $25 per hour, the cost burden would be

    approximately $125 annually per entity, for a total of $12,500.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \168\ This estimate is based on the following: there are

    currently approximately 125 FCMs registered with the Commission.

    However, it is expected that only FCMs with substantial capital will

    be capable of clearing swaps. There are approximately 75 FCMs with

    adjusted net capital in excess of $25 million, accordingly, and

    allowing room for growth, it is estimated that there will be 100

    FCMs subject to these requirements.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The disclosure required by section 22.11 involves information that

    FCMs that intermediate swaps generate and use in the usual and

    customary ordinary course of their business. It is expected that the

    required disclosure will be performed using automated data systems that

    FCMs maintain and use in the usual and customary ordinary course of

    their business but that certain additional functionality will need to

    be added to these systems to perform the required disclosure. Because

    of the novel character of proposed section 22.11, it is not possible to

    make a precise estimate of the paperwork burden. We estimate that the

    necessary modifications to, and maintenance of, systems may require a

    range of between 20 and 40 hours of work annually at a salary of

    approximately $75 per hour.\169\ The total annual burden for section

    22.11 therefore is estimated at 2,000 to 4,000 hours and $150,000 to

    $300,000.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \169\ The range of estimates of hours is influenced by the fact

    that FCMs commonly use similar or identical data systems produced by

    a small number of vendors, so there may be significant economies of

    scale in making the system modifications required for the section

    22.11 disclosure. The estimates also are based on the assumption

    that half of the time required to modify systems will be expended on

    a one-time basis and annualized over five years.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The recordkeeping required by proposed section 22.12 involves

    information that Collecting Futures Commission Merchants and DCOs will

    receive pursuant to proposed section 22.11 or that they generate and

    use in the usual and customary ordinary course of their business. It is

    expected that the required recordkeeping will be performed using

    automated data systems that Collecting Futures Commission Merchants and

    DCOs maintain and use in the usual and customary ordinary course of

    their business but that certain additional functionality will need to

    be added to these systems to perform the required disclosure. Because

    of the novel character of proposed section 22.12, it is not possible to

    make a precise estimate of the paperwork burden. We estimate that the

    necessary modifications to, and maintenance of, systems may require a

    range of between 20 and 40 hours of work annually at a salary of

    approximately $75 per hour.\170\ It is expected that the required

    recordkeeping will be performed by approximately 100 entities. The

    total annual burden for section 22.11

    [[Page 33845]]

    therefore is estimated at 2,000 to 4,000 hours and $150,000 to

    $300,000.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \170\ The range of estimates of hours is influenced by the fact

    that FCMs and DCOs commonly use similar or identical data systems

    produced by a small number of vendors, so there may be significant

    economies of scale in making the system modifications required for

    the section 22.12 recordkeeping. The estimates also are based on the

    assumption that half of the time required to modify systems will be

    expended on a one-time basis and annualized over five years.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed section 22.16 would apply to the same estimated 100

    entities as sections 22.2(g), 22.5(a) and 22.11. The required

    disclosure would have to be made once each time a swaps customer begins

    to be cleared through a particular DCO or collecting FCM and each time

    a DCO or collecting FCM through which a customer's swaps are cleared

    changes it polices on the matters covered by the disclosure. It is

    expected that each disclosure would require about 0.2 hours of staff

    time by staff with a salary level of about $25 per hour. It is

    uncertain what average number of swaps customers FCMs will have, and

    what average number of disclosures will be required for each customer

    annually. Assuming an average of 500 customers per FCM and two

    disclosures per customer per year, the estimated total annual burden

    would be 200 hours and $5000 per entity, for an overall burden of

    $500,000.

    3. Information Collection Comments

    The Commission requests comment on all aspects of this proposed

    mandatory collection of information and document retention.

    Specifically, the Commission requests comment on whether the Commission

    has provided sufficient clarity concerning the types of information

    that would be required to be disclosed and retained.

    C. Cost-Benefit Analysis

    1. Introduction

    a. Requirement Under Section 15(a) of the CEA

    Section 15(a) of the CEA \171\ requires the Commission to consider

    the costs and benefits of its actions before issuing a rulemaking under

    the CEA. Section 15(a) further specifies that the costs and benefits

    shall be evaluated in light of five broad areas of market and public

    concern: (i) Protection of market participants and the public; (ii)

    efficiency, competitiveness, and financial integrity of futures

    markets; (iii) price discovery; (iv) sound risk management practices;

    and (v) other public interest considerations. The Commission may in its

    discretion give greater weight to any one of the five enumerated areas

    and could in its discretion determine that, notwithstanding its costs,

    a particular rule is necessary or appropriate to protect the public

    interest or to effectuate any of the provisions or accomplish any of

    the purposes of the CEA.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \171\ 7 U.S.C. 19(a).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    b. Structure of the Analysis

    As mentioned above, the Commission has decided to propose the

    Complete Legal Segregation Model. A number of commenters to the ANPR

    suggested that the costs and benefits of the Complete Legal Segregation

    Model should be informed by the Futures Model. Such commenters provided

    quantitative estimates of such costs (but not such benefits). Using

    these quantitative estimates of cost, the Commission discusses the

    costs and benefits of the Complete Legal Segregation Model (as well as

    the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model) in relation to a common

    baseline--namely, the Futures Model.

    The Commission notes that other commenters suggested that the costs

    and benefits of the Complete Legal Segregation Model should be informed

    by the protections for collateral obtained by customers in the existing

    swaps markets and of the costs incurred for such protections. While

    this alternative is not part of the formal analysis, it can inform us

    of the costs of the various models. Therefore, the Commission has asked

    for additional comment on such protections, including quantitative

    estimates of costs, in section III(B) herein.

    Finally, as mentioned above, the Commission is considering the

    Legal Segregation with Recourse Model. The Commission has asked for

    additional comment on the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model, as

    well as (i) the Futures Model and (ii) the Optional Approach.

    2. Costs of the Complete Legal Segregation Model, the Legal Segregation

    With Recourse Model, and the Futures Model

    There are several kinds of costs associated with the Complete Legal

    Segregation and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models, relative to

    the Futures Model. These can be categorized as operational costs, Risk

    Costs (as section II(C)(3) defines such term), and costs associated

    with induced changes in behavior. The Complete Legal Segregation, the

    Legal Segregation with Recourse, and the Futures Models will require

    different payments from various parties in the event that there is a

    simultaneous default of one or more Cleared Swaps Customers and their

    FCMs. The direct effect of the Complete Legal Segregation and the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Models, in contrast to the Futures Model,

    would be to protect the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral of non-

    defaulting customers against claims by the relevant DCO.\172\ In

    general, this protection of non-defaulting customers makes it more

    likely, relative to the Futures Model, that the financial resource

    package of the DCO (including, e.g., the DCO's own capital contribution

    and the guaranty funds contributed by member FCMs) would need to be

    applied to the liability of the defaulting Cleared Swaps Customer(s).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \172\ According to comments on the ANPR, the direct benefit to

    customers in the form of reduced risk of loss of collateral stemming

    from the activities of fellow customers may generate indirect

    benefits. For example, commenters indicated that increased security

    for collateral could increase their ability to use swaps for

    business purposes, although this effect could be counterbalanced by

    increased dollar costs. Commenters also stated that the increased

    protection against Fellow-Customer Risk would reduce their need to

    incur costs to protect against the effects of loss of Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    a. Operational Costs

    Operational costs associated with the Complete Legal Segregation

    and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models result from a greater

    need, relative to the Futures Model, to transfer information about

    individual Cleared Swaps Customer Contracts between FCMs and DCOs, an

    increased amount of account information kept by DCOs, potential

    increases in compliance costs, and related kinds of costs. Some of

    these costs will be one-time set-up costs, and other costs will be

    recurring. Operational costs associated with the Complete Legal

    Segregation and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models can be

    expected to be identical or close to identical because the

    informational and other operational requirements of both models are

    substantially similar--where the two models differ is in the scope of

    DCO's claim to Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in the event of the

    simultaneous default of one or more Cleared Swaps Customers and their

    FCMs.

    Precise determination of the extent of operational costs associated

    with the Complete Legal Segregation and the Legal Segregation with

    Recourse Models depends on the number of Cleared Swaps Customers at

    each FCM, the number and types of Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts held

    by each customer, and other factors. Some estimates of the typical

    FCM's costs were provided by ISDA. As discussed above, in comments on

    the ANPR, ISDA estimates that the Complete Legal Segregation and the

    Legal Segregation with Recourse Models would involve a one-time cost

    increase of $0.8 million to $1 million per FCM, plus a recurring

    [[Page 33846]]

    annual cost with a median estimate of roughly $0.7 million.\173\ In

    addition, there would be costs faced by each DCO, which would likely be

    of a similar magnitude, unless the DCO already possesses the

    information required to implement the Complete Legal Segregation and

    the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models. A DCO with such information

    may find the operational costs associated with the Complete Legal

    Segregation and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models to be

    negligible.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \173\ See note 43 supra.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    b. Risk Costs

    Risk Costs refer to the costs associated with reassigning liability

    in the event of a customer default (i.e., the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model or the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model compared

    to the Futures Model). This can usefully be divided into direct and

    indirect costs (and associated benefits). The direct costs of the

    Complete Legal Segregation and the Legal Segregation with Recourse

    Models are the increased risk the DCO will face when one or more

    Cleared Swaps Customers and their FCMs default. Under the Complete

    Legal Segregation Model, this is equal to the probability of a default

    by a Cleared Swaps Customer and its FCM, times the expected

    contribution that fellow customers would have provided toward the

    uncovered loss. The gain to Cleared Swaps Customers under this model is

    the value they place on avoiding this same cost (i.e., owning insurance

    against Fellow-Customer Risk). The Legal Segregation with Recourse

    Model is fundamentally similar, except that the Cleared Swaps Customers

    may ultimately be responsible for some of that deficiency, should the

    capital of the DCO and the guaranty fund contributions of non-

    defaulting FCM members be exhausted.\174\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \174\ Implicitly then, unless there are offsetting changes, the

    resources available to the DCO to cover its obligations to

    counterparties in the event of the default of one or more Cleared

    Swaps Customers and their FCMs would potentially be smaller under

    the Complete Legal Segregation Model than under the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Model, and hence the guarantee offered to

    Cleared Swaps counterparties by the DCO would potentially be less

    secure under the Complete Legal Segregation Model. Such offsetting

    changes, however, are required by proposed Commission requirements

    regarding DCO financial resource packages. See section II(C)(1)

    herein. As the following discussion indicates, the DCO may take

    steps, in terms of enhanced resources and use of risk-management

    tools to insure the security that it offers to Cleared Swaps

    counterparties.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Thus, the Complete Legal Segregation Model will potentially result

    in a decrease in the financial resources package available to the DCO

    in the event of default. Hence, maintaining the same assurance of

    performance requires the DCO to raise additional financial resources.

    While the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model does not directly

    reduce DCO financial resources, it restructures them so as to likely

    lead a DCO to change its default management structure. The exact nature

    of the Risk Costs will depend on how each DCO structures its default

    management structure if the Complete Legal Segregation or the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Models is chosen over the Futures Model. The

    comments sent to the Commission have suggested two possible ways by

    which the DCO may vary its default management structure: (i) By

    increasing the amount of collateral that each Cleared Swaps Customer

    must provide; or (ii) by increasing the amount of resources that each

    FCM must contribute to the guaranty fund.

    Focusing on (i) (an increase in the amount of collateral that each

    Cleared Swaps Customer must provide), estimates of the size of the

    increase vary, and in principle depend on whether the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model or the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model is under

    consideration. In comments on the ANPR, both CME and ISDA suggest that

    the Complete Legal Segregation Model would require an increase of

    approximately 70% in Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, or an increase

    of roughly $500-600 billion in total required Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral relative to the Futures Model. The organizations had

    somewhat different views of the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model.

    ISDA noted that the total pool of capital available to a DCO under this

    model would not be changed, although there would be ``a real wealth

    transfer'' from the FCMs and DCO to the customers, while CME suggested

    that the increase would be of a similar magnitude to the effect of the

    Complete Legal Segregation Model.

    If instead the capital structure is restored though (ii) (an

    increase in the amount of resources that each FCM would contribute to

    the guaranty fund), what were described as ``conservative'' estimates

    suggest an increase of $50 billion (CME) to $128 billion (ISDA) in

    guaranty funds for the Complete Legal Segregation Model.\175\ By

    contrast, LCH, in its comment, stated that there would be no need for

    additions to the guaranty fund under either the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model or the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model because

    the manner in which it currently calculates the size of its guaranty

    fund provides adequate resources against default risk under the

    Complete Legal Segregation Model and the Legal Segregation with

    Recourse Model and because, in the view of LCH, a guaranty fund of

    similar size would be required to provide adequate security under the

    Futures Model.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \175\ Presumably, some of the cost to the FCMs would be offset

    by enhanced charges to customers. Buy-side commenters to the ANPR

    have indicated that they would be willing to bear such charges.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The wide divergence in these figures is due in large part to

    different implicit assumptions about fellow customer behavior, and how

    such behavior should affect a DCO's prudent design of its financial

    resources package. Specifically, Core Principle B for DCOs, section

    5b(c)(2)(B) of the CEA, requires the sufficiency of a DCO's financial

    resources package to be judged relative to the ``worst'' exposure, in a

    probabilistic sense, created by a member or participant in extreme but

    plausible market conditions. In the Complete Legal Segregation Model,

    such an approach likely requires an assessment of the largest stressed

    loss on a to-be-specified number of the largest customers to the given

    FCM since, in this instance, the DCO would not have access to the

    collateral of non-defaulting customers in such an event. By contrast,

    the Futures and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models allow (to a

    degree) for the sufficiency of the DCO financial resources package to

    be judged relative to the ``worst'' loss that an FCM suffers in its

    omnibus customer account, recognizing that account as a diversified

    pool and taking advantage of the diversification benefit realized by

    the DCO across the customers within that pool. This is so because the

    Futures Model (and, at a later point, the Legal Segregation with

    Recourse Model) would allow the DCO to use the collateral of non-

    defaulting customers to cover losses the DCO would otherwise face as a

    result of a simultaneous default of one or more Cleared Swaps Customers

    and their FCMs.\176\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \176\ While the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model permits

    the DCO to take into account the omnibus customer account, as a

    diversified pool, in calculating the total resources available to

    cover the DCO's obligations resulting from a combined customer/FCM

    default, as explained above, it would expose the DCO to a higher

    risk of having to use the DCO's own capital and the guaranty fund

    contributions of non-defaulting FCM members than the Futures Model.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    However, the extent of the diversification effect arising from the

    DCO's access to the entire omnibus customer account allowed by the

    Futures Model (and, at a later point in the process, the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Model) depends on how much

    [[Page 33847]]

    of the resources supplied by non-defaulting Cleared Swaps Customers

    (via initial margin) will be present in the account following a

    default. If all Cleared Swaps Customer Contracts remained with the

    defaulting FCM through the default, then the DCO could potentially

    measure the adequacy of the guaranty fund based on a fully diversified

    pool of customer positions. Conversely, if all Cleared Swaps Customers

    would transfer their positions to a different FCM in anticipation of

    the default, then the diversification (and its consequence for the

    DCO's financial resources package) would be eliminated.\177\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \177\ LCH states that a methodology in which no diversification

    is assumed represents their current practice, and is the most

    ``conservative'' in terms of capital adequacy. It argues that it is

    imprudent to assume that any funds in the omnibus Cleared Swaps

    Customer Account will remain at the time of default because that

    default may plausibly occur not as a sudden shock but, rather, as

    the end of a process of credit deterioration taking place over a

    number of days (potentially a number of weeks), during which time

    the Cleared Swaps Customers have time to port their Cleared Swaps

    Contracts and associated collateral away from the defaulting FCM.

    Thus, according to the logic of LCH's approach, the size of the

    guaranty fund and/or initial margin levels would need to be as high

    under the Futures Model as under either the Complete Legal

    Segregation or the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    More generally, the extent to which the Complete Legal Segregation

    or the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models really requires a larger

    guaranty fund or higher levels of collateral per Cleared Swaps Customer

    (relative to the Futures Model) depends on the extent to which Cleared

    Swaps Customer Contracts can be expected to remain with the defaulting

    FCM during the time period immediately before the default.\178\ Since

    the circumstances of particular FCM defaults will vary, DCOs, in

    determining their financial resources package, can be expected to take

    into consideration the possibility that, at least for some FCM

    defaults, there will be warning signs, resulting in a portion of

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral being transferred out of the Cleared

    Swaps Customer Account maintained by the defaulting FCM. And while

    determining the appropriate assumptions regarding customer behavior

    under either the Futures or the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models

    is central to the issue of capital adequacy, it may prove less central

    to the consideration of costs and benefits under this rule, since both

    those costs and benefits depend on the extent to which Cleared Swaps

    Customers will transfer their Cleared Swaps Contracts.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \178\ The LCH's observation also impacts the requisite change in

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. The question of how to

    appropriately evaluate the omnibus customer account is a question of

    financial resources and is beyond the scope of this rulemaking. We

    note, however, that to the extent that immediate history may provide

    some guidance, the aggregate amount of segregated funds in Lehman's

    omnibus customer account dropped by roughly 75% during the week

    prior to its filing for bankruptcy.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A distinct question in evaluating Risk Cost is how to translate a

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral or guaranty fund increase to a cost

    increase. A customer required to post an additional $100 of Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral is not made worse off by $100. Moreover, the

    cost to the customer is, at least in part, offset by the benefit to the

    DCO. The cost to the customer of a Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral

    increase of $100 is the difference between the gain he or she would

    have received by retaining that $100, and the return he or she will

    receive on the asset while it is on deposit with the FCM or DCO. For

    example, the customer might invest the $100 in buying and holding grain

    over the pendency of the swap if the level of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral were not increased, while he or she is limited to the return

    on assets the DCO will accept as margin payment (e.g., the t-bill rate)

    under the new, higher margins. While an exact figure for this

    difference is difficult to calculate precisely, it is likely to be in a

    range of 1-4% per year over the life of the swap. Offsetting this cost

    is the gain to the DCO of having additional assets available in the

    event of the simultaneous default of one or more Cleared Swaps

    Customers and their FCMs, which may enable it to obtain a higher rate

    of return on some of its other assets.\179\ Similarly, the cost to an

    FCM of a guaranty fund contribution increase is equal to the difference

    in return between acceptable instruments for deposit to the guaranty

    fund and the FCM's potential return on that $100 if it were not

    deposited to the guaranty fund.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \179\ An additional offset to this cost is the value that

    customers assign to the increased safety of their collateral from

    fellow customer risk, a point which is discussed further below.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The benefit to customers of greater protection for customer margin

    provided by the Complete Legal Segregation Model and the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Model also depends, to some extent, on

    assumptions about customers' behavior in advance of a fellow-customer

    default. Under the extreme assumption that all customers costlessly

    anticipate the default and move their positions to a different FCM,

    then neither the Complete Legal Segregation Model nor the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Model provides any benefit to customers

    (since their Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts would not have been at

    risk under the benchmark). More generally, the greater the extent to

    which customers will move their positions, the lower the benefits of

    the Complete Legal Segregation Model and the Legal Segregation with

    Recourse Model relative to the Futures Model. Of course, under the

    Futures Model there exists uncertainty surrounding a customer's ability

    to anticipate an FCM default, and this uncertainty is either wholly or

    mostly eliminated under the Complete Legal Segregation and the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Models. However, this benefit afforded the

    customer needs to be balanced against the cost to the DCO of insuring

    against this uncertainty, a portion of which can be anticipated to be

    passed along to the customer. Thus, both the capital costs and the

    benefits of the Complete Legal Segregation and the Legal Segregation

    with Recourse Models, relative to the Futures Model, will tend to be

    lower to the extent customers are likely to move their positions in

    advance of an FCM default and higher to the extent customers are

    unlikely to be able to move their positions. As a result, differing

    assumptions about customer mobility in advance of default are likely to

    have smaller implications for the relative costs and benefits of

    differing approaches than they do for Risk Cost considered in

    isolation.

    c. Induced Changes in Behavior

    Finally, in the category of costs and benefits associated with

    induced changes in behavior, several issues are worth noting. CME has

    argued that the Complete Legal Segregation and the Legal Segregation

    with Recourse Models could potentially reduce the incentives of

    individual customers to exercise due diligence when choosing an FCM. In

    effect, they argue that because the financial condition of the FCM, and

    of the FCM's other customers, will be less relevant to the customer's

    liability in the event of fellow customer default, the customer will

    devote less effort to monitoring the FCM and its customers. While this

    is likely to be true, these liability regimes have offsetting increased

    monitoring incentives on the part of FCMs and the DCO. That is, because

    the Complete Legal Segregation and the Legal Segregation with Recourse

    Models increase the likelihood that a customer default would impact the

    guaranty fund, increased incentives exist to protect that fund through

    more careful monitoring by the suppliers of the guaranty fund and their

    agent (the

    [[Page 33848]]

    DCO). Indeed, as discussed above,\180\ other commenters (BlackRock,

    Freddie Mac, and Vanguard) observe that the availability of fellow-

    customer collateral as a buffer reduces the incentives of DCOs to

    provide vigorous oversight. The net effect of these incentive changes

    on the incentive to monitor is difficult to quantify. However, the

    basic economics of monitoring suggest that there are efficiency gains

    to centralizing monitoring in a small number of parties.\181\ This is

    because there are ``free rider'' effects associated with diffuse

    liability; when liability is spread upon a large number of agents, each

    gains little from devoting resources to monitoring the firm.\182\ This

    effect is compounded by an information effect; even if the incentive

    exists, it is difficult for individual customers to gain access to

    information about the financial condition of the FCM, and even more so

    about the financial condition of their fellow customers. In contrast,

    the DCO will, especially under the Complete Legal Segregation Model and

    the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model, have good information about

    the financial condition of both FCMs and customers.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \180\ See note 56 supra.

    \181\ In the banking literature, this argument supports capital

    requirements as effective disincentives to excessive risk-taking.

    \182\ See, e.g., Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny, A Survey

    of Corporate Governance, 52 J. Fin. 737, 753 (1997) (discussing

    effect of ``free rider'' issues on monitoring in context of

    corporate governance).

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    d. Portability

    Another issue is the ease of moving Cleared Swaps Customer

    Contracts to new FCMs following an FCM default. Following a default by

    an FCM, the Cleared Swaps Contracts of the FCM's customers either have

    to be moved to another FCM, or closed. Moving a position to another FCM

    allows the DCO to maintain its net position in that contract at zero,

    which is generally a goal of a DCO. It also prevents a customer from

    needing to reestablish a position, which potentially can be costly,

    especially in a stressed economic state.\183\ As discussed above, the

    various models result in different amounts of customer-specific

    information residing with the DCO under the various models. While it is

    difficult to quantify the effects of the alternatives on the cost of

    moving positions between FCMs, it would seem that both the Complete

    Legal Segregation and the Legal Segregation with Recourse models do not

    decrease portability, especially given the increases in capital

    requirements that many commenters view as a likely consequence of

    either model. In fact, ISDA emphasizes that the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model likely increases portability.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \183\ See ISDA Supplemental at 2.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    e. Potential Preferences of Cleared Swaps Customers

    Overall, evaluating the costs and benefits of the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model and the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model

    relative to the Futures Model requires one to know the inherently-

    subjective valuation end-users place on the lower likelihood of losing

    their initial margin, as well as more precise estimates of the cost.

    Given the constraints on such knowledge, and the likelihood that the

    benefits to customers will, to some extent, vary with the cost to DCOs

    (that is, both are related to the same underlying factors), the best

    indirect evidence of the likely effect is the comments provided by the

    buy-side. While the Commission has not canvassed all buy-side members,

    most of those that chose to comment on the ANPR support the change. It

    is not knowable if these commenters fully internalized all of the

    potential costs outlined above (e.g., potentially higher margins,

    increased costs imposed by FCMs). However, these commenters generally

    told the Commission that they understood that more protection for

    customer collateral was likely to come at a cost and that they

    nevertheless favored more protective approaches.

    f. The Optional Approach

    A final option is giving DCOs the choice of which segregation model

    to employ. If all DCOs would adopt the same model when given a choice,

    then the foregoing analysis would apply. In contrast, if different DCOs

    might adopt different models, then the analysis of the system-wide

    costs and benefits would need to account for the choices made by the

    extant DCOs. The Commission seeks comment on the likely alternatives

    that would emerge if DCOs had the option of choosing their segregation

    model, and the likely costs and benefits of having alternative default

    models available.\184\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \184\ Section III(E) describes certain concerns with adopting

    the Optional Approach.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    3. Summary of Benefits of Legal Segregation Models

    Based on the discussion in the previous section, the primary

    expected benefits of adopting the Complete Legal Segregation or the

    Legal Segregation with Recourse Models to implementing section 724 of

    the Dodd-Frank Act can be summarized as follows.

    a. Fellow-Customer Risk

    The primary direct benefit from either the Complete Legal

    Segregation or the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models is to reduce

    the risk to Cleared Swaps Customers of losing the value of their

    collateral in a scenario in which an FCM and one or more of its

    customers defaults on its obligations in connection with Cleared Swaps

    transactions. The Complete Legal Segregation Model would largely

    eliminate this risk.\185\ The Legal Segregation with Recourse Model

    would limit this risk to defaults in which the magnitude of the Cleared

    Swaps Customer component of the default exceeds the aggregate of the

    DCO's own capital and the guaranty fund contributions of non-defaulting

    FCM members.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \185\ As noted above, this model would leave some residual

    fellow-customer risk because the DCO would allocate collateral

    between defaulting and non-defaulting customers based on information

    the FCM provided the day prior to default, so the allocation would

    not reflect movement in the cleared swaps portfolio of customers on

    the day of default.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As discussed in the previous section, the value of this reduced

    risk of loss to Cleared Swaps Customers will, to some degree, depend on

    the extent to which such customers are able to anticipate FCM defaults

    and voluntarily transfer their Cleared Swaps Contracts, and associated

    collateral, to other FCMs before the default occurs. In practice, some

    FCM defaults may be anticipated by a substantial proportion of Cleared

    Swaps Customers, while others may occur suddenly with few or no

    customers able to transfer their collateral.\186\ For this reason, an

    important benefit of the Legal Segregation Model (particularly the

    Complete Legal Segregation Model) is greater certainty. By providing

    post-default protection against Fellow-Customer Risk (as such term is

    defined above), the Legal Segregation Model provides Cleared Swaps

    Customers with a degree of certainty that they will not lose their

    collateral due to the actions of other customers regardless of whether

    they are able to anticipate an FCM default. Swaps customers who

    commented on the ANPR indicated that such certainty was critical to

    their business model. The direct benefit to Cleared Swaps Customers of

    reduced Fellow-Customer Risk and reduced

    [[Page 33849]]

    uncertainty may generate a variety of indirect benefits, for example an

    increased ability by some businesses to use cleared swaps as a risk

    management tool or a reduced need by Cleared Swaps Customers to incur

    costs to protect against the consequences of Fellow-Customer Risk in

    the event of an FCM default.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \186\ See footnote 178 supra (regarding recent experience with

    Lehman). Cf. e.g., Inskeep v. Griffin, 440 B.R. 148, 151-52

    (Beginning on Monday, December 21, 1998 and continuing into the

    morning of Tuesday, December 22, 1998 * * * Park * * * a trader who

    operated out of Griffin Trading Company's London office,

    substantially exceeded his trading limits and suffered losses * * *

    As a result of Park's losses, Griffin Trading became insolvent.'').

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    b. Portability and Systemic Risk

    An additional benefit of the Complete Legal Segregation Model is to

    foster portability. By preserving the collateral of non-defaulting

    Cleared Swaps Customers, this model increases the likelihood that the

    Cleared Swaps Contracts of these customers can be successfully

    transferred. Fostering such transfer, as opposed to the liquidation of

    these Cleared Swaps Contracts, will carry benefits both for the Cleared

    Swaps Customers and for the financial system as a whole (the latter by

    reducing the likelihood that markets would be roiled by a mass

    liquidation).

    c. Induced Changes in Behavior

    Further benefits are expected to result from changes in behavior

    induced by the direct costs and benefits of the Complete Legal

    Segregation or Legal Segregation with Recourse Models. Because DCOs

    will not be able to rely on the collateral of non-defaulting Cleared

    Swaps Customers, they will have incentives to increase the extent of

    their monitoring of the risk posed by their FCM members and the major

    customers of those FCMs. This will have a tendency to reduce the

    incidence of FCM and major customer defaults. Some commenters on the

    ANPR suggested that the greater protection provided by the Legal

    Segregation Model (particularly the Complete Legal Segregation Model)

    will mean that Cleared Swaps Customers have less incentive to monitor

    the riskiness of their FCMs than under the Futures Model in which

    customers are exposed to greater risk of loss. However, for reasons

    explained in the previous section, DCOs are in a better position than

    Cleared Swaps Customers to monitor FCMs, and the customers thereof, so

    the benefits from increased monitoring by DCOs can be expected to

    outweigh any reduced monitoring by customers.\187\

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \187\ Moreover, any reduced monitoring by customers would also

    imply a reduced monitoring cost.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    4. Relevance to Section 15(a)(2) Considerations

    The costs and benefits discussed in the previous sections bear on a

    number of the considerations listed in section 15(a)(2) of the CEA:

    a. Protection of market participants and the public. The primary

    benefit of the Complete Legal Segregation Model, reduction in the risk

    of loss of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, advances this interest.

    The Commission notes that the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model,

    which the Commission is considering, also achieves such benefit, but to

    a lesser extent.

    b. Efficiency, competitiveness, and financial integrity of markets.

    As mentioned above, the Complete Legal Segregation Model would increase

    the likelihood that, in the event of a simultaneous FCM and Cleared

    Swaps Customer default, the DCO would be able to transfer the Cleared

    Swaps of non-defaulting Cleared Swaps Customers. Therefore, to the

    extent that the Complete Legal Segregation Model would enable Cleared

    Swaps Customers to avoid liquidation of their existing Cleared Swaps,

    this model would avoid what one commenter described as ``major market

    disruption with significant adverse economic impact.'' \188\ Such

    avoidance would therefore promote the financial integrity of the

    markets.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \188\ See ISDA Supplemental at 3.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Additionally, behavioral responses to the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model discussed above may also affect the financial

    integrity of markets. To the extent that the Complete Legal Segregation

    Model creates incentives for DCOs to employ higher levels of monitoring

    of FCMs and their Cleared Swaps Customers, it will enhance the

    financial integrity of markets.

    The Commission notes that, in contrast to the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model, the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model increases

    the likelihood of the transfer of Cleared Swaps Customer Contracts to a

    lesser extent. Therefore, the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model

    does not enhance the financial integrity of markets as much as the

    Complete Legal Segregation Model.

    As mentioned above, the Complete Legal Segregation Model arguably

    entails greater Risk Costs, although not operational costs, than the

    Legal Segregation with Recourse Model. Both such models arguably entail

    greater operational costs than the Futures Model. However:

    As discussed above, commenters exhibited considerable

    divergence in their estimates of Risk Costs.

    As discussed above, ANPR commenters suggested that the

    incremental operational costs of the Complete Legal Segregation or the

    Legal Segregation with Recourse Models, as compared with the Futures

    Model, would be relatively modest against the size of the market for

    cleared swaps.

    Despite the possibility of increased Risk Costs and

    operational costs, most buy-side commenters to the ANPR suggested that

    they valued the degree of certainty that they will not lose Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral, and several such commenters indicated that

    the absence of this level of certainty would impair their ability to

    use cleared swaps for risk management purposes. To the extent that

    these commenters represented the perspective of swaps users generally,

    then, notwithstanding the possibility of increased Risk Costs and

    operational costs, adoption of either the Complete Legal Segregation or

    the Legal Segregation with Recourse Models may increase the efficiency

    and competitiveness of markets, because they may encourage buy-side use

    of such markets in the management of risk.

    Because the Complete Legal Segregation Model would eliminate the

    ability of DCOs to access the collateral of non-defaulting Cleared

    Swaps Customers in the event of an FCM default accompanied by the

    default of one or more customers, other things held constant, there

    could potentially be negative effects on a DCO's financial integrity.

    Such potential negative effects would not be present for the Legal

    Segregation with Recourse Model, because DCOs would still have the

    ability to access the collateral of non-defaulting Cleared Swaps

    Customers. To the extent that negative effects may exist, Core

    Principle B for DCOs, section 5b(c)(2)(B) of the CEA would require a

    DCO to have available alternative resources to protect the DCO from the

    consequences of a major FCM default, such as higher margin levels or

    larger guaranty funds. Consistent with this requirement, commenters on

    the ANPR who considered access to the collateral of non-defaulting

    Cleared Swaps Customers to be important generally assumed that DCOs

    would procure alternative financial resources if the Complete Legal

    Segregation Model is adopted. As a result, any potential negative

    effect of the Complete Legal Segregation Model on market integrity will

    be reflected in higher capital costs rather than an actual reduction in

    market integrity.

    c. Price discovery. The effect of the Complete Legal Segregation

    Model (or the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model), as proposed, on

    price discovery will depend on the value that Cleared Swaps Customers

    assign to the additional protection that they will

    [[Page 33850]]

    receive for Cleared Swaps Collateral against the cost that they will

    pay for such protection. If the former would exceed the latter, as buy-

    side commenters to the ANPR suggested, then Cleared Swaps Customers may

    be encouraged to participate in the markets, which could have a

    positive impact on price discovery

    d. Sound risk management practices. To the extent that the Complete

    Legal Segregation Model or the Legal Segregation with Recourse Model

    creates incentives for higher levels of monitoring of FCMs and their

    Cleared Swaps Customers by DCOs, it will enhance sound risk management

    practices. As discussed above, some commenters suggested that the

    Complete Legal Segregation Model or the Legal Segregation with Recourse

    Model would reduce incentives for Cleared Swaps Customers to ``risk

    manage'' their FCMs. As noted above, there are significant questions

    about the ability of customers to ``risk manage'' their FCMs

    effectively. Moreover, the Commission expects that any such effect

    would be outweighed by enhanced risk management on the part of DCOs.

    e. Other public interest considerations. As discussed above, some

    commenters suggested that the Complete Legal Segregation Model would

    increase market stability in times of stress facilitating the prompt

    transfer of customer positions without the need for liquidation when an

    FCM defaults.

    5. Public Comment

    The Commission invites public comment on its cost-benefit

    considerations, including the costs and benefits of the Complete

    Segregation Model (as proposed), the Legal Segregation with Recourse

    Model (which is under consideration), the Futures Model, and giving

    DCOs a choice of such approaches. Commenters are also invited to submit

    any data or other information that they may have quantifying or

    qualifying the costs and benefits with their comment letters.

    List of Subjects

    17 CFR Part 22

    Brokers, Clearing, Consumer protection, Reporting and recordkeeping

    requirements, Swaps.

    17 CFR Part 190

    Bankruptcy, Brokers, Commodity futures, Reporting and recordkeeping

    requirements, Swaps.

    VIII. Text of Proposed Rules

    For the reasons stated in this release, the Commission hereby

    proposes to amend Chapter as follows:

    1. Add Part 22 to read as follows:

    PART 22--CLEARED SWAPS

    Sec.

    22.1 Definitions.

    22.2 Futures Commission Merchants: Treatment of Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral.

    22.3 Derivatives Clearing Organizations: Treatment of Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral.

    22.4 Futures Commission Merchants and Derivatives Clearing

    Organizations: Permitted Depositories.

    22.5 Futures Commission Merchants and Derivatives Clearing

    Organizations: Written Acknowledgement.

    22.6 Futures Commission Merchants and Derivatives Clearing

    Organizations: Naming of Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts.

    22.7 Permitted Depositories: Treatment of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral

    22.8 Situs of Cleared Swaps Accounts.

    22.9 Denomination of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral and Location

    of Depositories.

    22.10 Incorporation by Reference.

    22.11 Information To Be Provided Regarding Customers and Their

    Cleared Swaps.

    22.12 Information To Be Maintained Regarding Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral.

    22.13 Additions to Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.

    22.14 Futures Commission Merchant Failure To Meet a Customer Margin

    Call in Full.

    22.15 Treatment of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral on an

    Individual Basis.

    22.16 Disclosures to Customers.

    Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1a, 6d, 7a-1 as amended by Pub. L. 111-203,

    124 Stat. 1376.

    Sec. 22.1 Definitions.

    For the purposes of this part:

    Cleared Swap. This term refers to a transaction constituting a

    ``cleared swap'' within the meaning of section 1a(7) of the Act.

    (1) This term shall exclude any swap (along with money, securities,

    or other property received to margin, guarantee, or secure such a swap)

    that, pursuant to a Commission rule, regulation, or order (or a

    derivatives clearing organization rule approved in accordance with

    Sec. 39.15(b)(2) of this chapter), is (along with such money,

    securities, or other property) commingled with a commodity future or

    option (along with money, securities, or other property received to

    margin, guarantee, or secure such a future or option) that is

    segregated pursuant to section 4d(a) of the Act.

    (2) This term shall include any trade or contract (along with

    money, securities or other property received to margin, guarantee, or

    secure such a trade or contract), that (i) Would be required to be

    segregated pursuant to section 4d(a) of the Act, or (ii) Would be

    subject to Sec. 30.7 of this chapter, but which is, in either case,

    pursuant to a Commission rule, regulation, or order (or a derivatives

    clearing organization rule approved in accordance with Sec.

    39.15(b)(2) of this chapter), commingled with a swap (along with money,

    securities, or other property received to margin, guarantee, or secure

    such a swap) in an account segregated pursuant to section 4d(f) of the

    Act.

    Cleared Swaps Customer. This term refers to any person entering

    into a Cleared Swap, but shall exclude any owner or holder of a Cleared

    Swaps Proprietary Account with respect to the Cleared Swaps in such

    account. A person shall be a Cleared Swaps Customer only with respect

    to its Cleared Swaps.

    Cleared Swaps Customer Account. This term refers to any account for

    the Cleared Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers and associated Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral that:

    (1) A futures commission merchant maintains on behalf of Cleared

    Swaps Customers (including, in the case of a Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchant, the Cleared Swaps Customers of a Depositing

    Futures Commission Merchant) or

    (2) A derivatives clearing organization maintains for futures

    commission merchants on behalf of Cleared Swaps Customers thereof.

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. (1) This term means all money,

    securities, or other property received by a futures commission merchant

    or by a derivatives clearing organization from, for, or on behalf of a

    Cleared Swaps Customer, which money, securities, or other property:

    (i) Is intended to or does margin, guarantee, or secure a Cleared

    Swap; or

    (ii) Constitutes, if a Cleared Swap is in the form or nature of an

    option, the settlement value of such option.

    (2) This term shall also include accruals, i.e., all money,

    securities, or other property that a futures commission merchant or

    derivatives clearing organization receives, directly or indirectly,

    which is incident to or results from a Cleared Swap that a futures

    commission merchant intermediates for a Cleared Swaps Customer.

    Cleared Swaps Proprietary Account. (1) This term means an account

    for Cleared Swaps and associated collateral that is carried on the

    books and records of a futures commission merchant for persons with

    certain relationships with

    [[Page 33851]]

    that futures commission merchant, specifically:

    (i) Where such account is carried for a person falling within one

    of the categories specified in paragraph (2) of this definition, or

    (ii) Where ten percent or more of such account is owned by a person

    falling within one of the categories specified in paragraph (2) of this

    definition, or

    (iii) Where an aggregate of ten percent or more of such account is

    owned by more than one person falling within one or more of the

    categories specified in paragraph (2) of this definition.

    (2) The relationships to the futures commission merchant referred

    to in paragraph (1) of this definition are as follows:

    (i) Such individual himself, or such partnership, corporation or

    association itself;

    (ii) In the case of a partnership, a general partner in such

    partnership;

    (iii) In the case of a limited partnership, a limited or special

    partner in such partnership whose duties include:

    (A) The management of the partnership business or any part thereof;

    (B) The handling, on behalf of such partnership, of (i) the Cleared

    Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers or (ii) the Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral;

    (C) The keeping, on behalf of such partnership, of records

    pertaining to (i) the Cleared Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers or (ii)

    the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral; or

    (D) The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of such

    partnership;

    (iv) In the case of a corporation or association, an officer,

    director, or owner of ten percent or more of the capital stock of such

    organization;

    (v) An employee of such individual, partnership, corporation or

    association whose duties include:

    (A) The management of the business of such individual, partnership,

    corporation or association or any part thereof;

    (B) The handling, on behalf of such individual, partnership,

    corporation, or association, of the Cleared Swaps of Cleared Swaps

    Customers or the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral;

    (C) The keeping of records, on behalf of such individual,

    partnership, corporation, or association, pertaining to the Cleared

    Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers or the Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral; or

    (D) The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of such

    individual, partnership, corporation, or association;

    (vi) A spouse or minor dependent living in the same household of

    any of the foregoing persons;

    (vii) A business affiliate that, directly or indirectly, controls

    such individual, partnership, corporation, or association; or

    (viii) A business affiliate that, directly or indirectly, is

    controlled by or is under common control with, such individual,

    partnership, corporation or association. Provided, however, that an

    account owned by any shareholder or member of a cooperative association

    of producers, within the meaning of section 6a of the Act, which

    association is registered as a futures commission merchant and carries

    such account on its records, shall be deemed to be a Cleared Swaps

    Customer Account and not a Cleared Swaps Proprietary Account of such

    association, unless the shareholder or member is an officer, director,

    or manager of the association.

    Clearing Member. This term means any person that has clearing

    privileges such that it can process, clear and settle trades through a

    derivatives clearing organization on behalf of itself or others. The

    derivatives clearing organization need not be organized as a membership

    organization.

    Collecting Futures Commission Merchant. A futures commission

    merchant that carries Cleared Swaps on behalf of another futures

    commission merchant and the Cleared Swaps Customers of the latter

    futures commission merchant, and as part of carrying such Cleared

    Swaps, collects Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.

    Commingle. To commingle two or more items means to hold such items

    in the same account, or to combine such items in a transfer between

    accounts.

    Customer. This term means any customer of a futures commission

    merchant, other than a Cleared Swaps Customer, including, without

    limitation:

    (1) Any ``customer'' or ``commodity customer'' within the meaning

    of Sec. 1.3 of this chapter; and

    (2) Any ``foreign futures or foreign options customer'' within the

    meaning of Sec. 30.1(c) of this chapter.

    Depositing Futures Commission Merchant. A futures commission

    merchant that carries Cleared Swaps on behalf of its Cleared Swaps

    Customers through another futures commission merchant and, as part of

    carrying such Cleared Swaps, deposits Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral

    with such futures commission merchant.

    Permitted Depository. This term shall have the meaning set forth in

    Sec. 22.4 of this part.

    Segregate. To segregate two or more items is to keep them in

    separate accounts, and to avoid combining them in the same transfer

    between two accounts.

    Sec. 22.2 Futures Commission Merchants: Treatment of Cleared Swaps

    and Associated Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.

    (a) General. A futures commission merchant shall treat and deal

    with the Cleared Swaps of Cleared Swaps Customers and associated

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral as belonging to Cleared Swaps

    Customers.

    (b) Location of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. (1) A futures

    commission merchant must segregate all Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral that it receives, and must either hold such Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral itself as set forth in subparagraph (b)(2) of this

    section, or deposit such collateral into one or more Cleared Swaps

    Customer Accounts held at a Permitted Depository, as set forth in

    subparagraph (b)(3) of this section.

    (2) If a futures commission merchant holds Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral itself, then the futures commission merchant must:

    (i) Physically separate such collateral from its own property;

    (ii) Clearly identify each physical location in which it holds such

    collateral as a ``Location of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral'' (the

    ``FCM Physical Location'');

    (iii) Ensure that the FCM Physical Location provides appropriate

    protection for such collateral; and

    (iv) Record in its books and records the amount of such Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral separately from its own funds.

    (3) If a futures commission merchant holds Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral in a Permitted Depository, then:

    (i) The Permitted Depository must qualify pursuant to the

    requirements set forth in Sec. 22.4 of this part, and

    (ii) The futures commission merchant must maintain a Cleared Swaps

    Customer Account with each such Permitted Depository.

    (c) Commingling. (1) A futures commission merchant may commingle

    the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives from, for, or on

    behalf of multiple Cleared Swaps Customers.

    (2) A futures commission merchant shall not commingle Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral with either of the following:

    (i) Funds belonging to the futures commission merchant, except as

    expressly permitted in paragraph (e)(3) of this section; or

    (ii) Other categories of funds belonging to Customers of the

    futures

    [[Page 33852]]

    commission merchant, including customer funds (as Sec. 1.3 of this

    chapter defines such term) and the foreign futures or foreign options

    secured amount (as Sec. 1.3 of this chapter defines such term), except

    as expressly permitted by Commission rule, regulation, or order, or by

    a derivatives clearing organization rule approved in accordance with

    Sec. 39.15(b)(2) of this chapter.

    (d) Limitations on Use. (1) No futures commission merchant shall

    use, or permit the use of, the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral of one

    Cleared Swaps Customer to purchase, margin, or settle the Cleared Swaps

    or any other trade or contract of, or to secure or extend the credit

    of, any person other than such Cleared Swaps Customer. Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral shall not be used to margin, guarantee, or secure

    trades or contracts of the entity constituting a Cleared Swaps Customer

    other than in Cleared Swaps, except to the extent permitted by a

    Commission rule, regulation or order, or by a derivatives clearing

    organization rule approved in accordance with Sec. 39.15(b)(2) of this

    chapter.

    (2) A futures commission merchant may not impose or permit the

    imposition of a lien on Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, including

    any residual financial interest of the futures commission merchant in

    such collateral, as described in paragraph (e)(4) of this section.

    (3) A futures commission merchant may not include, as Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral,

    (i) Money invested in the securities, memberships, or obligations

    of any derivatives clearing organization, designated contract market,

    swap execution facility, or swap data repository, or

    (ii) Money, securities, or other property that any derivatives

    clearing organization holds and may use for a purpose other than those

    set forth in Sec. 22.3 of this part.

    (e) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

    (1) Permitted Investments. A futures commission merchant may invest

    money, securities, or other property constituting Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral in accordance with Sec. 1.25 of this chapter,

    which section shall apply to such money, securities, or other property

    as if they comprised customer funds or customer money subject to

    segregation pursuant to section 4d(a) of the Act and the regulations

    thereunder.

    (2) Permitted Withdrawals. Such share of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral as in the normal course of business shall be necessary to

    margin, guarantee, secure, transfer, adjust, or settle a Cleared Swaps

    Customer's cleared swaps with a derivatives clearing organization, or

    with a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, may be withdrawn and

    applied to such purposes, including the payment of commissions,

    brokerage, interest, taxes, storage, and other charges, lawfully

    accruing in connection with such cleared swaps.

    (3) Deposits of Own Money, Securities, or Other Property. In order

    to ensure that it is always in compliance with paragraph (f) of this

    section, a futures commission merchant may place in an FCM Physical

    Location or deposit in a Cleared Swaps Customer Account its own money,

    securities, or other property (provided, that such securities or other

    property are unencumbered and are of the types specified in Sec. 1.25

    of this chapter).

    (4) Residual Financial Interest. (i) If, in accordance with

    paragraph (e)(3) of this section, a futures commission merchant places

    in an FCM Physical Location or deposits in a Cleared Swaps Customer

    Account its own money, securities, or other property, then such money,

    securities, or other property (including accruals thereon) shall

    constitute Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.

    (ii) The futures commission merchant shall have a residual

    financial interest in any portion of such money, securities, or other

    property in excess of that necessary for compliance with paragraph

    (f)(4) of this section.

    (iii) The futures commission merchant may withdraw money,

    securities, or other property from the FCM Physical Location or Cleared

    Swaps Customer Account, to the extent of its residual financial

    interest therein. At the time of such withdrawal, the futures

    commission merchant shall ensure that the withdrawal does not cause its

    residual financial interest to become less than zero.

    (f) Requirements as to Amount. (1) For purposes of this section

    22.2(f), the term ``account'' shall reference the entries on the books

    and records of a futures commission merchant pertaining to the Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral of a particular Cleared Swaps Customer.

    (2) The futures commission merchant must reflect in the account

    that it maintains for each Cleared Swaps Customer the market value of

    any Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives from such

    customer, as adjusted by:

    (i) Any uses permitted under Sec. 22.2(d) of this part;

    (ii) Any accruals or losses on permitted investments of such

    collateral under Sec. 22.2(e) of this part that, pursuant to the

    futures commission merchant's customer agreement with that customer,

    are creditable or chargeable to such customer;

    (iii) Any charges lawfully accruing to the Cleared Swaps Customer,

    including any commission, brokerage fee, interest, tax, or storage fee;

    and

    (iv) Any appropriately authorized distribution or transfer of such

    collateral.

    (3) If the market value of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in the

    account of a Cleared Swaps Customer is positive after adjustments, then

    that account has a credit balance. If the market value of Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral in the account of a Cleared Swaps Customer is

    negative after adjustments, then that account has a debit balance.

    (4) The futures commission merchant must maintain in segregation,

    in its FCM Physical Locations and/or its Cleared Swaps Customer

    Accounts at Permitted Depositories, an amount equal to the sum of any

    credit balances that the Cleared Swaps Customers of the futures

    commission merchant have in their accounts, excluding from such sum any

    debit balances that the Cleared Swaps Customers of the futures

    commission merchant have in their accounts.

    (5) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the futures commission merchant

    must include, in calculating the sum referenced in paragraph (f)(4) of

    this section, any debit balance that a Cleared Swaps Customer may have

    in its account, to the extent that such balance is secured by ``readily

    marketable securities'' that the Cleared Swaps Customer deposited with

    the futures commission merchant.

    (i) For purposes of this section, ``readily marketable'' shall be

    defined as having a ``ready market'' as such latter term is defined in

    Rule 15c3-1(c)(11) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (Sec.

    241.15c3-1(c)(11) of this title).

    (ii) In order for a debit balance to be deemed secured by ``readily

    marketable securities,'' the futures commission merchant must maintain

    a security interest in such securities, and must hold a written

    authorization to liquidate the securities at the discretion of the

    futures commission merchant.

    (iii) To determine the amount secured by ``readily marketable

    securities,'' the futures commission merchant shall: (A) determine the

    market value of such securities; and (B) reduce such market value by

    applicable percentage deductions (i.e., ``securities haircuts'') as set

    forth in Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of the

    [[Page 33853]]

    Securities and Exchange Commission (Sec. 240.15c3-1(c)(2)(vi) of this

    title). The portion of the debit balance, not exceeding 100 per cent,

    that is secured by the reduced market value of such readily marketable

    securities shall be included in calculating the sum referred to in

    paragraph (f)(4) of this section.

    (g) Segregated Account; Daily Computation and Record. (1) Each

    futures commission merchant must compute as of the close of each

    business day, on a currency-by-currency basis:

    (i) The aggregate market value of the Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral in all FCM Physical Locations and all Cleared Swaps Customer

    Accounts held at Permitted Depositories (the ``Collateral Value'');

    (ii) The sum referenced in paragraph (f)(4) of this section (the

    ``Collateral Requirement''); and

    (iii) The amount of the residual financial interest that the

    futures commission merchant holds in such Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral, which shall equal the difference between the Collateral

    Value and the Collateral Requirement.

    (2) The futures commission merchant must complete the daily

    computations required by this section prior to noon on the next

    business day and must keep such computations, together with all

    supporting data, in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 1.31 of

    this chapter.

    Sec. 22.3 Derivatives Clearing Organizations: Treatment of Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral.

    (a) General. A derivatives clearing organization shall treat and

    deal with the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral deposited by a futures

    commission merchant as belonging to the Cleared Swaps Customers of such

    futures commission merchant and not other persons, including, without

    limitation, the futures commission merchant.

    (b) Location of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. (1) The

    derivatives clearing organization must segregate all Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral that it receives from futures commission merchants,

    and must either hold such Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral itself as

    set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or deposit such

    collateral into one or more Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts held at a

    Permitted Depository, as set forth in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

    (2) If a derivatives clearing organization holds Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral itself, then the derivatives clearing organization

    must:

    (i) Physically separate such collateral from its own property, the

    property of any futures commission merchant, and the property of any

    other person that is not a Cleared Swaps Customer of a futures

    commission merchant;

    (ii) Clearly identify each physical location in which it holds such

    collateral as ``Location of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral'' (the

    ``DCO Physical Location'');

    (iii) Ensure that the DCO Physical Location provides appropriate

    protection for such collateral; and

    (iv) Record in its books and records the amount of such Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral separately from its own funds, the funds of

    any futures commission merchant, and the funds of any other person that

    is not a Cleared Swaps Customer of a futures commission merchant.

    (3) If a derivatives clearing organization holds Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral in a Permitted Depository, then:

    (i) The Permitted Depository must qualify pursuant to the

    requirements set forth in Sec. 22.4 of this part; and

    (ii) The derivatives clearing organization must maintain a Cleared

    Swaps Customer Account with each such Permitted Depository.

    (c) Commingling. (1) A derivatives clearing organization may

    commingle the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives from

    multiple futures commission merchants on behalf of their Cleared Swaps

    Customers.

    (2) A derivatives clearing organization shall not commingle the

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral that it receives from a futures

    commission merchant on behalf of Cleared Swaps Customers with any of

    the following:

    (i) The money, securities, or other property belonging to the

    derivatives clearing organization;

    (ii) The money, securities, or other property belonging to any

    futures commission merchant; or

    (iii) Other categories of funds that it receives from a futures

    commission merchant on behalf of Customers, including customer funds

    (as Sec. 1.3 of this chapter defines such term) and the foreign

    futures or foreign options secured amount (as Sec. 1.3 of this chapter

    defines such term), except as expressly permitted by Commission rule,

    regulation or order, (or a derivatives clearing organization rule

    approved in accordance with Sec. 39.15(b)(2) of this chapter).

    (d) Exceptions; Deposits and Withdrawals from Futures Commission

    Merchants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to an instruction

    from a futures commission merchant, a derivatives clearing organization

    may place money, securities, or other property belonging to the futures

    commission merchant in a DCO Physical Location, or deposit such money,

    securities, or other property in the Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts

    that the derivatives clearing organization maintains. The derivatives

    clearing organization may permit the futures commission merchant to

    withdraw such money, securities, or other property from a DCO Physical

    Location or Cleared Swaps Customer Account.

    (e) Exceptions; Permitted Investments. Notwithstanding the

    foregoing and Sec. 22.15 of this part, a derivatives clearing

    organization may invest the money, securities, or other property

    constituting Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in accordance with Sec.

    1.25 of this chapter, which section shall apply to such money,

    securities, or other property as if they comprised customer funds or

    customer money subject to segregation pursuant to section 4d(a) of the

    Act and the regulations thereunder.

    Sec. 22.4 Futures Commission Merchants and Derivatives Clearing

    Organizations: Permitted Depositories.

    In order for a depository to be a Permitted Depository:

    (a) The depository must (subject to Sec. 22.9) be one of the

    following types of entities:

    (1) A bank located in the United States;

    (2) A trust company located in the United States;

    (3) A Collecting Futures Commission Merchant registered with the

    Commission (but only with respect to a Depositing Futures Commission

    Merchant providing Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral); or

    (4) A derivatives clearing organization registered with the

    Commission; and

    (b) The futures commission merchant or the derivatives clearing

    organization must hold a written acknowledgment letter from the

    depository as required by Sec. 22.5 of this part.

    Sec. 22.5 Futures Commission Merchants and Derivatives Clearing

    Organizations: Written Acknowledgement.

    (a) Before depositing Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, the

    futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization shall

    obtain and retain in its files a separate written acknowledgment letter

    from each depository in accordance with Sec. Sec. 1.20 and 1.26 of

    this chapter, with all references to ``customer funds'' modified to

    apply to Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, and with all references to

    section 4d(a) or 4d(b) of the Act and the regulations thereunder

    modified to apply to section 4d(f) of the Act and the regulations

    thereunder.

    [[Page 33854]]

    (b) The futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing

    organization shall adhere to all requirements specified in Sec. Sec.

    1.20 and 1.26 of this chapter regarding retaining, permitting access

    to, filing, or amending the written acknowledgment letter, in all cases

    as if the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral comprised customer funds

    subject to segregation pursuant to section 4d(a) or 4d(b) of the Act

    and the regulations thereunder.

    (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, an

    acknowledgement letter need not be obtained from a derivatives clearing

    organization that has made effective, pursuant to section 5c(c) of the

    Act and the regulations thereunder, rules that provide for the

    segregation of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral, in accordance with

    all relevant provisions of the Act and the regulations thereunder.

    Sec. 22.6 Futures Commission Merchants and Derivatives Clearing

    Organizations: Naming of Cleared Swaps Customer Accounts.

    The name of each Cleared Swaps Customer Account that a futures

    commission merchant or a derivatives clearing organization maintains

    with a Permitted Depository shall (a) clearly identify the account as a

    ``Cleared Swaps Customer Account'' and (b) clearly indicate that the

    collateral therein is ``Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral'' subject to

    segregation in accordance with the Act and this part.

    Sec. 22.7 Permitted Depositories: Treatment of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral.

    A Permitted Depository shall treat all funds in a Cleared Swaps

    Customer Account as Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral. A Permitted

    Depository shall not hold, dispose of, or use any such Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral as belonging to any person other than:

    (a) The Cleared Swaps Customers of the futures commission merchant

    maintaining such Cleared Swaps Customer Account or;

    (b) The Cleared Swaps Customers of the futures commission merchants

    for which the derivatives clearing organization maintains such Cleared

    Swaps Customer Account.

    Sec. 22.8 Situs of Cleared Swaps Accounts.

    The situs of each of the following shall be located in the United

    States:

    (a) Each FCM Physical Location or DCO Physical Location;

    (b) Each ``account,'' within the meaning of Sec. 22.2(f)(1), that

    a futures commission merchant maintains for each Cleared Swaps

    Customer; and

    (c) Each Cleared Swaps Customer Account on the books and records of

    a derivatives clearing organization with respect to the Cleared Swaps

    Customers of a futures commission merchant.

    Sec. 22.9 Denomination of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral and

    Location of Depositories.

    (a) Futures commission merchants and derivatives clearing

    organizations may hold Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in the

    denominations, at the locations and depositories, and subject to the

    same segregation requirements specified in Sec. 1.49 of this chapter,

    which section shall apply to such Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral as

    if it comprised customer funds subject to segregation pursuant to

    section 4d(a) of the Act.

    (b) Each depository referenced in paragraph (a) of this section

    shall be considered a Permitted Depository for purposes of this part.

    Provided, however, that a futures commission merchant shall only be

    considered a Permitted Depository to the extent that it is acting as a

    Collecting Futures Commission Merchant (as Sec. 22.1 of this part

    defines such term).

    Sec. 22.10 Incorporation by Reference.

    Sections 1.27, 1.28, 1.29, and 1.30 of this chapter shall apply to

    the Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral held by futures commission

    merchants and derivatives clearing organizations to the same extent as

    if such sections referred to:

    (a) ``Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral'' in place of ``customer

    funds;''

    (b) ``Cleared Swaps Customers'' instead of ``commodity or option

    customers'' or ``customers or option customers;''

    (c) ``Cleared Swaps Contracts'' instead of ``trades, contracts, or

    commodity options;'' and

    (d) ``Section 4d(f) of the Act'' instead of ``section 4d(a)(2) of

    the Act.''

    Sec. 22.11 Information to be Provided Regarding Customers and their

    Cleared Swaps.

    (a) Each Depositing Futures Commission Merchant shall provide to

    its Collecting Futures Commission Merchant the following information:

    (1) The first time that the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant

    intermediates a Cleared Swap for a Cleared Swaps Customer, information

    sufficient to identify such customer; and

    (2) At least once each business day thereafter, information

    sufficient to identify, for each Cleared Swaps Customer, the portfolio

    of rights and obligations arising from the Cleared Swaps that the

    Depositing Futures Commission Merchant intermediates for such customer.

    (b) If an entity serves as both a Depositing Futures Commission

    Merchant and a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, then:

    (1) The information that such entity must provide to its Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this

    section shall also include information sufficient to identify each

    Cleared Swaps Customer of the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant

    for which such entity serves as a Collecting Futures Commission

    Merchant; and

    (2) The information that such entity must provide to its Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this

    section shall also include information sufficient to identify, for each

    Cleared Swaps Customer referenced in paragraph (b)(1) of this section,

    the portfolio of rights and obligations arising from the Cleared Swaps

    that such entity intermediates as a Collecting Futures Commission

    Merchant, on behalf of its Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, for

    such customer.

    (c) Each futures commission merchant that intermediates a Cleared

    Swap for a Cleared Swaps Customer, on or subject to the rules of a

    derivatives clearing organization, directly as a Clearing Member shall

    provide to such derivatives clearing organization the following

    information:

    (1) The first time that such futures commission merchant

    intermediates a Cleared Swap for a Cleared Swaps Customer, information

    sufficient to identify such customer; and

    (2) At least once each business day thereafter, information

    sufficient to identify, for each Cleared Swaps Customer, the portfolio

    of rights and obligations arising from the Cleared Swaps that such

    futures commission merchant intermediates for such customer.

    (d) If the futures commission merchant referenced in paragraph (c)

    of this section is a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, then:

    (1) The information that it must provide to the derivatives

    clearing organization pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section

    shall also include information sufficient to identify each Cleared

    Swaps Customer of any entity that acts as a Depositing Futures

    Commission Merchant in relation to the Collecting Futures Commission

    Merchant (including, without limitation, each Cleared Swaps Customer of

    any Depositing Futures Commission Merchant for which such entity also

    serves as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant); and

    [[Page 33855]]

    (2) The information that it must provide to the derivatives

    clearing organization pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section

    shall also include information sufficient to identify, for each Cleared

    Swaps Customer referenced in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the

    portfolio of rights and obligations arising from the Cleared Swaps that

    the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant intermediates, on behalf of

    the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, for such customer.

    (e) Each derivatives clearing organization shall (1) take

    appropriate steps to confirm that the information it receives pursuant

    to paragraphs (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section is accurate and

    complete, and (2) ensure that the futures commission merchant is

    providing the derivatives clearing organization the information

    required by paragraphs (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section on a timely

    basis.

    Sec. 22.12 Information to be Maintained Regarding Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral.

    (a) Each Collecting Futures Commission Merchant receiving Cleared

    Swaps Customer Funds from an entity serving as a Depositing Futures

    Commission Merchant shall, no less frequently than once each business

    day, calculate and record:

    (1) the amount of collateral required at such Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchant for each Cleared Swaps Customer of the entity

    acting as Depositing Futures Commission Merchant (including, without

    limitation, each Cleared Swaps Customer of any Depositing Futures

    Commission Merchant for which such entity also serves as a Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant); and

    (2) the sum of the individual collateral amounts referenced in

    paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

    (b) Each Collecting Futures Commission Merchant shall calculate the

    collateral amounts referenced in paragraph (a) of this section with

    respect to the portfolio of rights and obligations arising from the

    Cleared Swaps that the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant

    intermediates, on behalf of the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant,

    for each Cleared Swaps Customer referenced in paragraph (a)(1).

    (c) Each derivatives clearing organization receiving Cleared Swaps

    Customer Funds from a futures commission merchant shall, no less

    frequently than once each business day, calculate and record:

    (1) The amount of collateral required at such derivatives clearing

    organization for each Cleared Swaps Customer of the futures commission

    merchant; and

    (2) the sum of the individual collateral amounts referenced in

    paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

    (d) If the futures commission merchant referenced in paragraph (c)

    of this section is a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, then the

    derivatives clearing organization shall also perform and record the

    results of the calculation required in paragraph (c) of this section

    for each Cleared Swaps Customer of an entity acting as a Depositing

    Futures Commission Merchant in relation to the Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchant (including, without limitation, any Cleared Swaps

    Customer for which such entity is also acting as a Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchant).

    (e) Each futures commission merchant shall calculate the collateral

    amounts referenced in paragraph (c) of this section with respect to the

    portfolio of rights and obligations arising from the Cleared Swaps that

    the futures commission merchant intermediates (including, without

    limitation, as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant on behalf of a

    Depositing Futures Commission Merchant), for each Cleared Swaps

    Customer referenced in paragraphs (c)(1) and (d).

    (f) The collateral requirement referenced in paragraph (a) of this

    section with respect to a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant shall

    be no less than that imposed by the relevant derivatives clearing

    organization with respect to the same portfolio of rights and

    obligations for each relevant Cleared Swaps Customer.

    Sec. 22.13 Additions to Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral.

    (a)(1) At the election of the derivatives clearing organization or

    Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, the collateral requirement

    referred to in Sec. 22.12(a), (c), and (d) of this part applicable to

    a particular Cleared Swaps Customer or group of Cleared Swaps Customers

    may be increased based on an evaluation of the credit risk posed by

    such customer or group, in which case the derivatives clearing

    organization or Collecting Futures Commission Merchant shall collect

    and record such higher amount as provided in section 22.12 of this

    part.

    (2) Nothing in paragraph (a)(1) of this section is intended to

    interfere with the right of a futures commission merchant to increase

    the collateral requirements at such futures commission merchant with

    respect to any of its Cleared Swaps Customers or Customers.

    (b) Any collateral deposited by a futures commission merchant

    (including a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant) pursuant to Sec.

    22.2(e)(3) of this part, which collateral is identified as funds or

    securities in which such futures commission merchant has a residual

    financial interest pursuant to Sec. 22.2(e)(4) of this part, may, to

    the extent of such residual financial interest, be used by the

    derivatives clearing organization or Collecting Futures Commission

    Merchant, as applicable, to margin, guarantee or secure the cleared

    swaps of any or all of such Cleared Swaps Customers.

    Sec. 22.14 Futures Commission Merchant Failure to Meet a Customer

    Margin Call in Full.

    (a) A Depositing Futures Commission Merchant which receives a call

    for either initial margin or variation margin with respect to a Cleared

    Swaps Customer Account from a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant,

    which call such Depositing Futures Commission Merchant does not meet in

    full, shall, with respect to each Cleared Swaps Customer of such

    Depositing Futures Commission Merchant whose Cleared Swaps contribute

    to such margin call,

    (1) Transmit to the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant an

    amount equal to the lesser of

    (i) The amount called for; or

    (ii) The remaining Cleared Swaps Collateral on deposit at such

    Depositing Futures Commission Merchant for that Cleared Swaps Customer;

    and

    (2) Advise the Collecting Futures Commission Merchant of the

    identity of each such Cleared Swaps Customer, and the amount

    transmitted on behalf of each such customer.

    (b) If the entity acting as Depositing Futures Commission Merchant

    referenced in paragraph (a) of this section is also a Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant, then:

    (1) Such entity shall include in the transmission required in

    paragraph (a)(1) of this section any amount that it receives, pursuant

    to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, from a Depositing Futures

    Commission Merchant for which such entity acts as a Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchant; and

    (2) Such entity shall present its Collecting Futures Commission

    Merchant with the information that it receives, pursuant to paragraph

    (a)(2) of this section, from a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant

    for which such

    [[Page 33856]]

    entity acts as a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant.

    (c) A futures commission merchant which receives a call for margin

    (whether initial or variation) with respect to a Cleared Swaps Customer

    Account from a derivatives clearing organization, which call such

    futures commission merchant does not meet in full, shall, with respect

    to each Cleared Swaps Customer of such futures commission merchant

    whose Cleared Swaps contribute to such margin call:

    (1) Transmit to the derivatives clearing organization an amount

    equal to the lesser of

    (i) The amount called for; or

    (ii) The remaining Cleared Swaps Collateral on deposit at such

    futures commission merchant for each such Cleared Swaps Customer; and

    (2) advise the derivatives clearing organization of the identity of

    each such Cleared Swaps Customer, and the amount transmitted on behalf

    of each such customer.

    (d) If the futures commission merchant referenced in paragraph (c)

    is a Collecting Futures Commission Merchant, then:

    (1) Such Collecting Futures Commission Merchant shall include in

    the transmission required in paragraph (c)(1) of this section any

    amount that it receives from a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant

    pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and

    (2) Such Collecting Futures Commission shall present the

    derivatives clearing organization with the information that it receives

    from a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant pursuant to paragraph

    (a)(2) of this section.

    (e) If,

    (1) On the business day prior to the business day on which the

    Depositing Futures Commission Merchant fails to meet a margin call with

    respect to a Cleared Swaps Customer Account, such Collecting Futures

    Commission Merchant referenced in paragraph (a) of this section held,

    with respect to such account, Cleared Swaps Collateral of a value no

    less than the amount specified in Sec. 22.12(a)(2) of this part, after

    the application of haircuts specified by policies applied by such

    Collecting Futures Commission Merchant in its relationship with the

    Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, and

    (2) As of the close of business on the business day on which the

    margin call is not met, the market value of the Cleared Swaps

    Collateral held by the derivatives clearing organization or Collecting

    Futures Commission Merchant is, due to changes in such market value,

    less than the amount specified in Sec. 22.12(a)(2) of this part, then

    the amount of such collateral attributable to each Cleared Swaps

    Customer pursuant to Sec. 22.12(a)(1) of this part shall be reduced by

    the percentage difference between the amount specified in Sec.

    22.12(a)(2) of this part and such market value.

    (f) If:

    (1) On the business day prior to the business day on which the

    futures commission merchant fails to meet a margin call with respect to

    a Cleared Swaps Customer Account, the derivatives clearing organization

    referenced in paragraph (c) of this section held, with respect to such

    account, Cleared Swaps Collateral of a value no less than the amount

    specified in Sec. 22.12(c)(2) of this part, after the application of

    haircuts specified by the rules and procedures of such derivatives

    clearing organization, and

    (2) As of the close of business on the business day on which the

    margin call is not met, the market value of the Cleared Swaps

    Collateral held by the derivatives clearing organization is, due to

    changes in such market value, less than the amount specified in Sec.

    22.12(c)(2) of this part, then the amount of collateral attributable to

    each Cleared Swaps Customer pursuant to Sec. 22.12(c)(1) of this part

    shall be reduced by the percentage difference between the amount

    specified in Sec. 22.12(c)(2) and such market value.

    Sec. 22.15 Treatment of Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral on an

    Individual Basis.

    Subject to Sec. 22.3(e) of this part, each derivatives clearing

    organization and each Collecting Futures Commission Merchant receiving

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral from a Depositing Futures Commission

    Merchant shall treat the value of collateral required with respect to

    the portfolio of rights and obligations arising out of the Cleared

    Swaps intermediated for each Cleared Swaps Customer, and collected from

    the Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, as belonging to such

    customer, and such amount shall not be used to margin, guarantee, or

    secure the Cleared Swaps or other obligations of the Depositing Futures

    Commission Merchant or of any other Cleared Swaps Customer or Customer.

    Sec. 22.16 Disclosures to Customers.

    (a) A futures commission merchant shall disclose, to each of its

    Cleared Swaps Customers, the governing provisions, as described in

    paragraph (c) of this section, relating to use of Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral, transfer, neutralization of the risks, or

    liquidation of Cleared Swaps in the event of a default by the futures

    commission merchant relating to the Cleared Swaps Customer Account, as

    well as any change in such governing provisions.

    (b) If the futures commission merchant referenced in paragraph (a)

    of this section is a Depositing Futures Commission Merchant, then such

    futures commission merchant shall disclose, to each of its Cleared

    Swaps Customers, the governing provisions, as described in paragraph

    (c) of this section, relating to use of Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral, transfer, neutralization of the risks, or liquidation of

    Cleared Swaps in the event of a default by:

    (1) Such futures commission merchant or

    (2) Any relevant Collecting Futures Commission Merchant relating to

    the Cleared Swaps Customer Account, as well as any change in such

    governing provisions.

    (c) The governing provisions referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b)

    of this section are the rules of each derivatives clearing

    organization, or the provisions of the customer agreement between the

    Collecting Futures Commission Merchant and the Depositing Futures

    Commission Merchant, on or through which the Depositing Futures

    Commission Merchant will intermediate Cleared Swaps for such Cleared

    Swaps Customer.

    PART 190--BANKRUPTCY

    2. The authority citation for part 190 continues to read as

    follows:

    Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 4a, 6c, 6d, 6g, 7a, 12, 19, and 24,

    and 11 U.S.C. 362, 546, 548, 556, and 761-766, unless otherwise

    noted.

    3. In 17 CFR Part 190:

    A. Remove the words ``commodity account'' and ``commodity futures

    account'' and add, in their place, the words ``commodity contract

    account'' in:

    i. Sections 190.01(w), (y), and (kk)(6),

    ii. Sections 190.02(d)(1), (6), and (7),

    iii. Section 190.03(a)(2),

    iv. Sections 190.06(g)(1)(i), (ii), and (3),

    v. Sections 190.10(d)(1) and (h),

    B. Remove the words ``commodity futures contract'' and add, in

    their place, the words ``commodity contract'' in Sec. 190.05(a)(1) and

    (b)(1).

    C. Remove the words ``contract market'' and ``board of trade'' and

    add, in their place, the words ``designated contract market'' in:

    i. Sections 190.01(gg), (kk)(2)(i), (4) and (5),

    ii. Section 190.04(d)(1)(i), and

    iii. Section 190.07(e)(2)(ii)(B) Remove the words ``commodity

    transaction'' and

    [[Page 33857]]

    add, in their place, the words ``commodity contract transaction'' in

    Sec. 190.02(d)(3).

    4. In Sec. 190.01, redesignate paragraphs (e) through (oo) as (f)

    through (pp), add a new paragraph (e) and revise paragraphs (a), (f),

    and newly redesignated paragraphs (cc), (hh), (ll)(2)(ii), (ll)(4),

    (ll)(5), and (pp) to read as follows:

    Sec. 190.01 Definitions.

    * * * * *

    (a)(1) Account class means each of the following types of customer

    accounts which must be recognized as a separate class of account by the

    trustee: futures accounts, foreign futures accounts, leverage accounts,

    delivery accounts as defined in Sec. 190.05(a)(2) of this part, and

    cleared swaps accounts.

    (2)(i) To the extent that the equity balance, as defined in Sec.

    190.07 of this part, of a customer in a commodity option, as defined in

    Sec. 1.3 of this chapter, may be commingled with the equity balance of

    such customer in any domestic commodity futures contract pursuant to

    regulations under the Act, the aggregate shall be treated for purposes

    of this part as being held in a futures account.

    (ii) To the extent that such equity balance of a customer in a

    commodity option may be commingled with the equity balance of such

    customer in any cleared swaps account pursuant to regulations under

    this act, the aggregate shall be treated for purposes of this part as

    being held in a cleared swaps account.

    (iii) If positions or transactions in commodity contracts that

    would otherwise belong to one account class (and the money, securities,

    or other property margining, guaranteeing, or securing such positions

    or transactions), are, pursuant to a Commission rule, regulation, or

    order (or a derivatives clearing organization rule approved in

    accordance with Sec. 39.15(b)(2) of this chapter), held separately

    from other positions and transactions in that account class, and are

    commingled with positions or transactions in commodity contracts of

    another account class (and the money, securities, or other property

    margining, guaranteeing, or securing such positions or transactions),

    then the former positions (and the relevant money, securities, or other

    property) shall be treated, for purposes of this part, as being held in

    an account of the latter account class.

    * * * * *

    (e) Calendar day. A calendar day includes the time from midnight to

    midnight.

    (f) Clearing organization shall have the same meaning as that set

    forth in section 761(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

    * * * * *

    (cc) Non-public customer means any person enumerated in the

    definition of Proprietary Account in sections 1.3 or 31.4(e) of this

    chapter, any person excluded from the definition of ``foreign futures

    or foreign options customer'' in the proviso to section 30.1(c) of this

    chapter, or any person enumerated in the definition of Cleared Swaps

    Proprietary Account in section 22.1 of this chapter, in each case, if

    such person is defined as a ``customer'' under paragraph (k) of this

    section.

    * * * * *

    (hh) Principal contract means a contract which is not traded on a

    designated contract market, and includes leverage contracts and dealer

    options, but does not include:

    (1) Transactions executed off the floor of a designated contract

    market pursuant to rules approved by the Commission or rules which the

    designated contract market is required to enforce, or pursuant to rules

    of a foreign board of trade located outside the United States, its

    territories or possessions; or (2) cleared swaps contracts.

    * * * * *

    (ll) * * *

    (2) * * *

    (ii) Is a bona fide hedging position or transaction as defined in

    Sec. 1.3 of this chapter or is a commodity option transaction which

    has been determined by the registered entity to be economically

    appropriate to the reduction of risks in the conduct and management of

    a commercial enterprise pursuant to rules which have been approved by

    the Commission pursuant to section 5c(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act;

    and

    * * * * *

    (4) Any cash or other property deposited prior to the entry of the

    order for relief to pay for the taking of physical delivery on a long

    commodity contract or for payment of the strike price upon exercise of

    a short put or a long call option contract on a physical commodity,

    which cannot be settled in cash, in excess of the amount necessary to

    margin such commodity contract prior to the notice date or exercise

    date, which cash or other property is identified on the books and

    records of the debtor as received from or for the account of a

    particular customer on or after three calendar days before the first

    notice date or three calendar days before the exercise date

    specifically for the purpose of payment of the notice price upon taking

    delivery or the strike price upon exercise, respectively, and such

    customer takes delivery or exercises the option in accordance with the

    applicable contract market rules.

    (5) The cash price tendered for any property deposited prior to the

    entry of the order for relief to make physical delivery on a short

    commodity contract or for exercise of a long put or a short call option

    contract on a physical commodity, which cannot be settled in cash, to

    the extent it exceeds the amount necessary to margin such contract

    prior to the notice date or exercise date, which property is identified

    on the books and records of the debtor as received from or for the

    account of a particular customer on or after three calendar days before

    the first notice date or three calendar days before the exercise date

    specifically for the purpose of a delivery or exercise, respectively,

    and such customer makes delivery or exercises the option in accordance

    with the applicable contract market rules.

    * * * * *

    (pp) Cleared Swap. This term shall have the same meaning as set

    forth in Sec. 22.1 of this chapter.

    * * * * *

    5. In Sec. 190.02, revise paragraphs (a), (b)(1), (b)(2), (d)(11),

    (e), (f)(1), and (g)(2)(i) to read as follows:

    Sec. 190.02 Operation of the debtor's estate subsequent to the filing

    date and prior to the primary liquidation date.

    * * * * *

    (a) Notices to the Commission and Designated Self-Regulatory

    Organizations--

    (1) General. Each commodity broker which files a petition in

    bankruptcy shall, at or before the time of such filing, and each

    commodity broker against which such a petition is filed shall, as soon

    as possible, but no later than one calendar day after the receipt of

    notice of such filing, notify the Commission and such broker's

    designated self-regulatory organization, if any, in accordance with

    Sec. 190.10(a) of the filing date, the court in which the proceeding

    has been filed, and the docket number assigned to that proceeding by

    the court.

    (2) Of transfers under section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. As

    soon as possible, but in no event later than the close of business on

    third calendar day after the order for relief, the trustee, the

    applicable self-regulatory organization, or the commodity broker must

    notify the Commission in accordance with Sec. 190.10(a) whether such

    entity or organization intends to transfer or to apply to transfer open

    commodity contracts on behalf of the commodity

    [[Page 33858]]

    broker in accordance with section 764(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and

    Sec. 190.06(e) or (f).

    (b) Notices to customers. (1) Specifically identifiable property

    other than commodity contracts. The trustee must use its best efforts

    to promptly, but in no event later than two calendar days after entry

    of the order for relief, commence to publish in a daily newspaper or

    newspapers of general circulation approved by the court serving the

    location of each branch office of the commodity broker, for two

    consecutive days a notice to customers stating that all specifically

    identifiable property of customers other than open commodity contracts

    which has not otherwise been liquidated will be liquidated commencing

    on the sixth calendar day after the second publication date if the

    customer has not instructed the trustee in writing on or before the

    fifth calendar day after the second publication date to return such

    property pursuant to the terms for distribution of specifically

    identifiable property contained in Sec. 190.08(d)(1) and, on the

    seventh calendar day after such second publication date, if such

    property has not been returned in accordance with such terms on or

    prior to that date. Such notice must describe specifically identifiable

    property in accordance with the definition in this part and must

    specify the terms upon which that property may be returned. Publication

    of the form of notice set forth in the appendix to this part will

    constitute sufficient notice for purposes of this paragraph (b)(1).

    (2) Request for instructions regarding transfer of open commodity

    contracts. The trustee must use its best efforts to request promptly,

    but in no event later than two calendar days after entry of an order

    for relief, customer instructions concerning the transfer or

    liquidation of the specifically identifiable open commodity contracts,

    if any, not required to be liquidated under paragraph (f)(1) of this

    section. The request for customer instructions required by this

    paragraph (b)(2) must state that the trustee is required to liquidate

    any such commodity contract for which transfer instructions have not

    been received on or before the sixth calendar day after entry of the

    order for relief, and any such commodity contract for which

    instructions have been received which has not been transferred in

    accordance with Sec. 190.08(d)(2) on or before the seventh calendar

    day after entry of the order for relief. A form of notice is set forth

    in the appendix to this part.

    * * * * *

    (d) * * *

    (11) Whether the claimant's positions in security futures products

    are held in a futures account or a securities account, as these terms

    are defined in Sec. 1.3 of this chapter;

    (e) Transfers--(1) All cases. The trustee for a commodity broker

    must immediately use its best efforts to effect a transfer in

    accordance with Sec. 190.06(e) and (f) no later than the seventh

    calendar day after the order for relief of the open commodity contracts

    and equity held by the commodity broker for or on behalf of its

    customers.

    (2) Involuntary cases. A commodity broker against which an

    involuntary petition in bankruptcy is filed, or the trustee if a

    trustee has been appointed in such case, must use its best efforts to

    effect a transfer in accordance with Sec. 190.06(e) and (f) of all

    open commodity contracts and equity held by the commodity broker for or

    on behalf of its customers and such other property as the Commission in

    its discretion may authorize, on or before the seventh calendar day

    after the filing date, and immediately cease doing business: Provided,

    however, That the commodity broker may trade for liquidation only,

    unless otherwise directed by the Commission, by any applicable self-

    regulatory organization or by the court: And, Provided further, That if

    the commodity broker demonstrates to the Commission within such period

    that it was in compliance with the segregation and financial

    requirements of this chapter on the filing date, and the Commission

    determines, in its sole discretion, that such transfer or liquidation

    is neither appropriate nor in the public interest, the commodity broker

    may continue in business subject to applicable provisions of the

    Bankruptcy Code and of this chapter.

    (f) * * *

    (1) Open commodity contracts. All open commodity contracts except:

    (i) Dealer option contracts, if the dealer option grantor is not

    the debtor, which cannot be transferred on or before the seventh

    calendar day after the order for relief; and

    (ii) Specifically identifiable commodity contracts as defined in

    Sec. 190.01(kk)(2) for which an instruction prohibiting liquidation is

    noted prominently in the accounting records of the debtor and timely

    received under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Notwithstanding the

    foregoing, an open commodity contract must be offset if: such contract

    is a futures contract or a cleared swaps contract which cannot be

    settled in cash and which would otherwise remain open either beyond the

    last day of trading (if applicable), or the first day on which notice

    of intent to deliver may be tendered with respect thereto, whichever

    occurs first; such contract is a long option on a physical commodity

    which cannot be settled in cash and would be automatically exercised,

    has value and would remain open beyond the last day for exercise; such

    contract is a short option on a physical commodity which cannot be

    settled in cash; or, as otherwise specified in these rules.

    * * * * *

    (g) * * *

    (2) * * *

    (i) 100% of the maintenance margin requirements of the applicable

    designated contact market or swap execution facility, if any, with

    respect to the open commodity contracts in such account; or

    * * * * *

    6. In Sec. 190.03, revise paragraphs (a)(3), (b)(3), (b)(4),

    (b)(5), and (c) to read as follows:

    Sec. 190.03 Operation of the debtor's estate subsequent to the

    primary liquidation date.

    * * * * *

    (a) * * *

    (3) Margin calls. The trustee must promptly issue margin calls with

    respect to any account referred to under paragraph (a)(1) of this

    section in which the balance does not equal or exceed 100% of the

    maintenance margin requirements of the applicable designated contact

    market or swap execution facility, if any, with respect to the open

    commodity contracts in such account, or if there are no such

    maintenance margin requirements, 100% of the clearing organization's

    initial margin requirements applicable to the open commodity contracts

    in such account, or if there are no such maintenance margin

    requirements or clearing organization initial margin requirements, then

    50% of the customer initial margin applicable to the commodity

    contracts in such account: Provided, That no margin calls need be made

    to restore customer initial margin.

    * * * * *

    (b) * * *

    (3) The trustee has received no customer instructions with respect

    to such contract by the sixth calendar day after entry of the order for

    relief;

    (4) The commodity contract has not been transferred in accordance

    with Sec. 190.08(d)(2) on or before the seventh calendar day after

    entry of the order for relief; or

    (5) The commodity contract would otherwise remain open (e.g.,

    because it cannot be settled in cash) beyond the last day of trading in

    such contract (if

    [[Page 33859]]

    applicable) or the first day on which notice of delivery may be

    tendered with respect to such contract, whichever occurs first.

    (c) Liquidation of specifically identifiable property other than

    open commodity contracts.

    All specifically identifiable property other than open commodity

    contracts which have not been liquidated prior to the primary

    liquidation date, and for which no customer instructions have been

    timely received must be liquidated, to the extent reasonably possible,

    no later than the sixth calendar day after final publication of the

    notice referred to in Sec. 190.02(b)(1). All other specifically

    identifiable property must be liquidated or returned, to the extent

    reasonably possible, no later than the seventh calendar day after final

    publication of such notice.

    7. In Sec. 190.04, revise paragraph (d)(1) to read as follows:

    Sec. 190.04 Operation of the debtor's estate--general.

    * * * * *

    (d) Liquidation--(1) Order of Liquidation. (i) In the Market.

    Liquidation of open commodity contracts held for a house account or

    customer account by or on behalf of a commodity broker which is a

    debtor shall be accomplished pursuant to the rules of a clearing

    organization, a designated contract market, or a swap execution

    facility, as applicable. Such rules shall ensure that the process for

    liquidating open commodity contracts, whether for the house account or

    the customer account, results in competitive pricing, to the extent

    feasible under market conditions at the time of liquidation. Such rules

    must be submitted to the Commission for approval, pursuant to section

    5c(c) of the Act, and be approved by the Commission. Alternatively,

    such rules must otherwise be submitted to and approved by the

    Commission (or its delegate pursuant to Sec. 190.10(d) of this part)

    prior to their application.

    (ii) Book entry. Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(1) of this section,

    in appropriate cases, upon application by the trustee or the affected

    clearing organization, the Commission may permit open commodity

    contracts to be liquidated, or settlement on such contracts to be made,

    by book entry. Such book entry shall offset open commodity contracts,

    whether matched or not matched on the books of the commodity broker,

    using the settlement price for such commodity contracts as determined

    by the clearing organization. Such settlement price shall be determined

    by the rules of the clearing organization, which shall ensure that such

    settlement price is established in a competitive manner, to the extent

    feasible under market conditions at the time of liquidation. Such rules

    must be submitted to the Commission for approval pursuant to section

    5c(c) of the Act, and be approved by the Commission. Alternatively,

    such rules must otherwise be approved by the Commission (or its

    delegate pursuant to Sec. 190.10(d) of this part) prior to their

    application.

    * * * * *

    8. In Sec. 190.05, revise paragraph (b) introductory text to read

    as follows:

    Sec. 190.05 Making and taking delivery on commodity contracts.

    * * * * *

    (b) Rules for deliveries on behalf of a customer of a debtor.

    Except in the case of a commodity contract which is settled in cash,

    each designated contract market, swap execution facility, or clearing

    organization shall adopt, maintain in effect and enforce rules which

    have been submitted in accordance with section 5c(c) of the Act for

    approval by the Commission, which:

    * * * * *

    9. In Sec. 190.06, remove paragraph (e)(1)(iv) and redesignate

    paragraph (e)(1)(v) as (e)(1)(iv), revise paragraphs (a), (e)(1)(iii),

    (e)(2), (f)(3)(i) and (g)(2), and add paragraph (g)(1)(iii) to read as

    follows:

    Sec. 190.06 Transfers.

    (a) Transfer rules. No clearing organization or other self-

    regulatory organization may adopt, maintain in effect or enforce rules

    which:

    (1) Are inconsistent with the provisions of this part;

    (2) Interfere with the acceptance by its members of open commodity

    contracts and the equity margining or securing such contracts from

    futures commission merchants, or persons which are required to be

    registered as futures com-mission merchants, which are required to

    transfer accounts pursuant to Sec. 1.17(a)(4) of this chapter; or

    (3) Prevent the acceptance by its members of transfers of open

    commodity contracts and the equity margining or securing such contracts

    from futures commission merchants with respect to which a petition in

    bankruptcy has been filed, if such transfers have been approved by the

    Commission. Provided, however, that this paragraph shall not limit the

    exercise of any contractual right of a clearing organization or other

    registered entity to liquidate open commodity contracts.

    * * * * *

    (e) * * *

    (1) * * *

    (iii) Dealer option accounts, if the debtor is the dealer option

    grantor with respect to such accounts; or

    * * * * *

    (2) Amount of equity which may be transferred. In no case may

    money, securities or property be transferred in respect of any eligible

    account if the value of such money, securities or property would exceed

    the funded balance of such account based on available information as of

    the calendar day immediately preceding transfer less the value on the

    date of return or transfer of any property previously returned or

    transferred with respect thereto.

    (f) * * *

    (3) * * *

    (i) If all eligible customer accounts held by a debtor cannot be

    transferred under this section, a partial transfer may nonetheless be

    made. The Commission will not disapprove such a transfer for the sole

    reason that it was a partial transfer if it would prefer the transfer

    of accounts, the liquidation of which could adversely affect the market

    or the bankrupt estate. Any dealer option contract held by or for the

    account of a debtor which is a futures commission merchant from or for

    the account of a customer which has not previously been transferred,

    and is eligible for transfer, must be transferred on or before the

    seventh calendar day after entry of the order for relief.

    * * * * *

    (g) * * *

    (1) * * *

    (iii) The transfer prior to the order for relief by a clearing

    organization of one or more accounts held for or on behalf of customers

    of the debtor, provided that (I) the money, securities, or other

    property accompanying such transfer did not exceed the funded balance

    of each account based on available information as of the close of

    business on the business day immediately preceding such transfer less

    the value on the date of return or transfer of any property previously

    returned or transferred thereto, and (II) the transfer is not

    disapproved by the Commission.

    (2) Post-relief transfers. On or after the entry of the order for

    relief, the following transfers to one or more transferees may not be

    avoided by the trustee:

    (i) The transfer of a customer account eligible to be transferred

    under paragraph (e) or (f) of this section made by the trustee of the

    commodity broker or by any self-regulatory organization of the

    commodity broker:

    [[Page 33860]]

    (A) On or before the seventh calendar day after the entry of the

    order for relief; and

    (B) The Commission is notified in accordance with Sec.

    190.02(a)(2) prior to the transfer and does not disapprove the

    transfer; or

    (ii) The transfer of a customer account at the direction of the

    Commission on or before the seventh calendar day after the order for

    relief upon such terms and conditions as the Commission may deem

    appropriate and in the public interest.

    * * * * *

    10. In Sec. 190.07, redesignate paragraph (b)(2)(xiii) as

    paragraph (b)(2)(xiv), add a new paragraph (b)(2)(xiii), and revise

    paragraphs (b)(2)(viii), (b)(2)(ix), (b)(3)(v), (c)(1)(i), (e)

    introductory text, (e)(1) and (e)(4) to read as follows:

    Sec. 190.07 Calculation of allowed net equity.

    * * * * *

    (b) * * *

    (2) * * *

    (viii) Subject to paragraph (b)(2)(ix) of this section, the futures

    accounts, leverage accounts, options accounts, foreign futures

    accounts, delivery accounts (as defined in Sec. 190.05(a)(2)), and

    cleared swaps accounts of the same person shall not be deemed to be

    held in separate capacities: Provided, however, that such accounts may

    be aggregated only in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

    (ix) an omnibus customer account of a futures commission merchant

    maintained with a debtor shall be deemed to be held in a separate

    capacity from the house account and any other omnibus customer account

    of such futures commission merchant.

    * * * * *

    (xiii) with respect to the cleared swaps customer account class,

    each individual customer account within each omnibus customer account

    referred to in paragraph (ix) of this section shall be deemed to be

    held in a separate capacity from each other such individual customer

    account; subject to the provisions of paragraphs (i) through (xii) of

    this paragraph (b)(2).

    * * * * *

    (3) * * *

    (v) The rules pertaining to separate capacities and permitted

    setoffs contained in this section must be applied subsequent to the

    entry of an order for relief; prior to the filing date, the provisions

    of Sec. 1.22 of this chapter and of sections 4d(a)(2) and 4d(f) of the

    Act shall govern what setoffs are permitted.

    * * * * *

    (c) * * *

    (1) * * *

    (i) Multiplying the ratio of the amount of the net equity claim

    less the amounts referred to in (c)(1)(ii) of this section of such

    customer for any account class bears to the sum of the net equity

    claims less the amounts referred to in (c)(1)(ii) of this section of

    all customers for accounts of that class by the sum of:

    (A) The value of the money, securities or property segregated on

    behalf of all accounts of the same class less the amounts referred to

    in (1)(ii) of this section;

    (B) The value of any money, securities or property which must be

    allocated under Sec. 190.08 to customer accounts of the same class;

    and

    (C) The amount of any add-back required under paragraph (b)(4) of

    this section; and

    * * * * *

    (e) Valuation. In computing net equity, commodity contracts and

    other property held by or for a commodity broker must be valued as

    provided in this paragraph (e): Provided, however, that for all

    commodity contracts other than those listed in paragraph (e)(1) of this

    section, if identical commodity contracts, securities, or other

    property are liquidated on the same date, but cannot be liquidated at

    the same price, the trustee may use the weighted average of the

    liquidation prices in computing the net equity of each customer holding

    such contracts, securities, or property.

    (1) Commodity Contracts. Unless otherwise specified in this

    paragraph (e), the value of an open commodity contract shall be equal

    to the settlement price as calculated by the clearing organization

    pursuant to its rules: Provided, that such rules must either be

    submitted to the Commission, pursuant to section 5c(c)(4) of the Act

    and be approved by the Commission, or such rules must be otherwise

    approved by the Commission (or its delegate pursuant to Sec. 190.10(d)

    of this part) prior to their application; Provided, further, that if

    such contract is transferred its value shall be determined as of the

    end of the settlement cycle in which it is transferred; and Provided,

    finally, that if such contract is liquidated, its value shall be equal

    to the net proceeds of liquidation.

    * * * * *

    (4) Securities. The value of a listed security shall be equal to

    the closing price for such security on the exchange upon which it is

    traded. The value of all securities not traded on an exchange shall be

    equal in the case of a long position, to the average of the bid prices

    for long positions, and in the case of a short position, to the average

    of the asking prices for the short positions. If liquidated prior to

    the primary liquidation date, the value of such security shall be equal

    to the net proceeds of its liquidation. Securities which are not

    publicly traded shall be valued by the trustee, subject to approval of

    the court, using such professional assistance as the trustee deems

    necessary in its sole discretion under the circumstances.

    * * * * *

    11. In Sec. 190.09, revise paragraph (b) to read as follows:

    Sec. 190.09 Member property.

    * * * * *

    (b) Scope of Member Property. Member property shall include all

    money, securities and property received, acquired, or held by a

    clearing organization to margin, guarantee or secure, on behalf of a

    clearing member, the proprietary account, as defined in Sec. 1.3 of

    this chapter, any account not belonging to a foreign futures or foreign

    options customer pursuant to the proviso in Sec. 30.1(c), and any

    Cleared Swaps Proprietary Account, as defined in Sec. 22.1: Provided,

    however, that any guaranty deposit or similar payment or deposit made

    by such member and any capital stock, or membership of such member in

    the clearing organization shall also be included in member property

    after payment in full of that portion of the net equity claim of the

    member based on its customer account and of any obligations due to the

    clearing organization which may be paid therefrom in accordance with

    the by-laws or rules of the clearing organization, including

    obligations due from the clearing organization to customers or other

    members.

    12. In Sec. 190.10, revise paragraph (a) to read as follows:

    Sec. 190.10 General.

    (a) Notices. Unless instructed otherwise by the Commission, all

    mandatory or discretionary notices to be given to the Commission under

    this part shall be directed by electronic mail to

    bankruptcyfilings@cftc.gov, with a copy sent by overnight mail to

    Director, Division of Clearing and Intermediary Oversight, Commodity

    Futures Trading Commission, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street,

    NW., Washington, DC 20581. For purposes of this part, notice to the

    Commission shall be deemed to be given only upon actual receipt.

    * * * * *

    13. Revise Appendix A to Part 190 to read as follows:

    [[Page 33861]]

    Appendix A to Part 190--Bankruptcy Forms

    Bankruptcy Appendix Form 1--Operation of the Debtor's Estate--Schedule

    of Trustee's Duties

    For the convenience of a prospective trustee, the Commission has

    constructed an approximate schedule of important duties which the

    trustee should perform during the early stages of a commodity broker

    bankruptcy proceeding. The schedule includes duties required by this

    part, subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code as well as

    certain practical suggestions, but it is only intended to highlight

    the more significant duties and is not an exhaustive description of

    all the trustee's responsibilities. It also assumes that the

    commodity broker being liquidated is an FCM. Moreover, it is

    important to note that the operating facts in a particular

    bankruptcy proceeding may vary the schedule or obviate the need for

    any of the particular activities.

    All Cases

    Date of Order for Relief

    1. Assure that the commodity broker has notified the Commission,

    its designated self-regulatory organization (``DSRO'') (if any), and

    all applicable clearing organizations of which it is a member that a

    petition or order for relief has been filed (Sec. 190.02(a)(1)).

    2. Attempt to effectuate the transfer of entire customer

    accounts wherein the commodity contracts are transferred together

    with the money, securities, or other property margining,

    guaranteeing, or securing the commodity contracts (hereinafter the

    ``transfer'').

    3. Attempt to estimate shortfall of customer funds segregated

    pursuant to sections 4d(a) and (b) of the Act; customer funds

    segregated pursuant to section 4f of the Act; and the foreign

    futures or foreign options secured amount, as defined in Sec. 1.3

    of this chapter.

    a. The trustee should:

    i. Contact the DSRO (if any) and the clearing organizations and

    attempt to effectuate a transfer with such shortfall under section

    764(b) of the Code; notify the Commission for assistance (Sec.

    190.02(a)(2) and (e)(1), Sec. 190.06(b)(2), (e), (f)(3), (g)(2),

    and (h)) but recognize that if there is a substantial shortfall, a

    transfer of such funds or amounts is highly unlikely.

    ii. If a transfer cannot be effectuated, liquidate all customer

    commodity contracts that are margined, guaranteed, or secured by

    funds or amounts with such shortfall, except dealer options and

    specifically identifiable commodity contracts which are bona fide

    hedging positions (as defined in Sec. 190.01(kk)(2)) with

    instructions not to be liquidated. (See Sec. Sec. 190.02(f) and

    190.06(d)(1)). (In this connection, depending upon the size of the

    debtor and other complications of liquidation, the trustee should be

    aware of special liquidation rules, and in particular the

    availability under certain circumstances of book-entry liquidation

    (Sec. 190.04(d)(1)(ii)).

    b. If there is a small shortfall in any of the funds or amounts

    listed in paragraph 2, negotiate with the clearing organization to

    effect a transfer; notify the Commission (Sec. Sec. 190.02(a)(2)

    and (e)(1), 190.06(b)(2), (e), (f)(3), (g)(2), and (h)).

    4. Whether or not a transfer has occurred, liquidate or offset

    open commodity contracts not eligible for transfer (i.e., deficit

    accounts, accounts with no open positions) (Sec. 190.06(e)(1)).

    5. Offset all futures contracts and cleared swaps contracts

    which cannot be settled in cash and which would otherwise remain

    open either beyond the last day of trading (if applicable) or the

    first day on which notice of intent to deliver may be tendered with

    respect thereto, whichever occurs first; offset all long options on

    a physical commodity which cannot be settled in cash, have value and

    would be automatically exercised or would remain open beyond the

    last day of exercise; and offset all short options on a physical

    commodity which cannot be settled in cash (Sec. 190.02(f)(1)).

    6. Compute estimated funded balance for each customer commodity

    account containing open commodity contracts (Sec. 190.04(b)) (daily

    thereafter).

    7. Make margin calls if necessary (Sec. 190.02(g)(1)) (daily

    thereafter).

    8. Liquidate or offset any open commodity account for which a

    customer has failed to meet a margin call (Sec. 190.02(f)(1))

    (daily thereafter).

    9. Commence liquidation or offset of specifically identifiable

    property described in Sec. 190.02(f)(2)(i) (property which has lost

    10% or more of value) (and as appropriate thereafter).

    10. Commence liquidation or offset of property described in

    Sec. 190.02(f)(3) (``all other property'').

    11. Be aware of any contracts in delivery position and rules

    pertaining to such contracts (Sec. 190.05).

    First Calendar Day After the Entry of an Order for Relief

    1. If a transfer occurred on the date of entry of the order for

    relief:

    a. Liquidate any remaining open commodity contracts, except any

    dealer option or specifically identifiable commodity contract

    [hedge] (See Sec. 190.01(kk)(2) and Sec. 190.02(f)(1)), and not

    otherwise transferred in the transfer.

    b. Primary liquidation date for transferred or liquidated

    commodity contracts (Sec. 190.01(ff)).

    2. If no transfer has yet been effected, continue attempt to

    negotiate transfer of open commodity contracts and dealer options

    (Sec. 190.02(c)(1)).

    3. Provide the clearing house or carrying broker with assurances

    to prevent liquidation of open commodity contract accounts available

    for transfer at the customer's instruction or liquidate all open

    commodity contracts except those available for transfer at a

    customer's instruction and dealer options.

    Second Calendar Day After the Entry of an Order for Relief

    If no transfer has yet been effected, request directly customer

    instructions regarding transfer of open commodity contracts and

    publish notice for customer instructions regarding the return of

    specifically identifiable property other than commodity contracts

    (Sec. Sec. 190.02(b) (1) and (2)).

    Third Calendar Day After the Entry of an Order for Relief

    1. Second publication date for customer instructions (Sec.

    190.02(b)(1)) (publication is to be made on two consecutive days,

    whether or not the second day is a business day).

    2. Last day on which to notify the Commission with regard to

    whether a transfer in accordance with section 764(b) of the

    Bankruptcy Code will take place (Sec. 190.02(a)(2) and Sec.

    190.06(e)).

    Sixth Calendar Day After the Entry of an Order for Relief

    Last day for customers to instruct the trustee concerning open

    commodity contracts (Sec. 190.02(b)(2)).

    Seventh Calendar Day After the Entry of an Order for Relief

    1. If not previously concluded, conclude transfers under Sec.

    190.06(e) and (f). (See Sec. 190.02(e)(1) and Sec.

    190.06(g)(2)(i)(A)).

    2. Transfer all open dealer option contracts which have not

    previously been transferred (Sec. 190.06(f)(3)(i)).

    3. Primary liquidation date (Sec. 190.01(ff)) (assuming no

    transfers and liquidation effected for all open commodity contracts

    for which no customer instructions were received by the sixth

    calendar day).

    4. Establishment of transfer accounts (Sec. 190.03(a)(1))

    (assuming this is the primary liquidation date); mark such accounts

    to market (Sec. 190.03(a)(2)) (daily thereafter until closed).

    5. Liquidate or offset all remaining open commodity contracts

    (Sec. 190.02(b)(2)).

    6. If not done previously, notify customers of bankruptcy and

    request customer proof of claim (Sec. 190.02(b)(4)).

    Eighth Calendar Day After the Entry of an Order for Relief

    Customer instructions due to trustee concerning specifically

    identifiable property (Sec. 190.02(b)(1)).

    Ninth Calendar Day After the Entry of an Order for Relief

    Commence liquidation of specifically identifiable property for

    which no arrangements for return have been made in accordance with

    customer instructions (Sec. Sec. 190.02(b)(1), 190.03(c)).

    Tenth Calendar Day After the Entry of an Order for Relief

    Complete liquidation to the extent reasonably possible of

    specifically identifiable property which has yet to be liquidated

    and for which no customer instructions have been received (Sec.

    190.03(c)).

    Separate Procedures for Involuntary Petitions for Bankruptcy

    1. Within one business day after notice of receipt of filing of

    the petition in bankruptcy, the trustee should assure that proper

    notification has been given to the Commission, the commodity

    broker's designated self-regulatory organization (Sec.

    190.02(a)(1)) (if any), and all applicable clearing organizations;

    margin calls should be issued if necessary (Sec. 190.02(g)(2)).

    2. On or before the seventh calendar day after the filing of a

    petition in bankruptcy,

    [[Page 33862]]

    the trustee should use his best efforts to effect a transfer in

    accordance with Sec. 190.06(e) and (f) of all open commodity

    contracts and equity held for or on behalf of customers of the

    commodity broker (Sec. 190.02(e)(2)) unless the debtor can provide

    certain assurances to the trustee.

    Bankruptcy Appendix Form 2--Request for Instructions Concerning Non-

    Cash Property Deposited With (Commodity Broker)

    Please take notice: On (date), a petition in bankruptcy was

    filed by [against] (commodity broker). Those customers of (commodity

    broker) who deposited certain kinds of non-cash property (see below)

    with (commodity broker) may instruct the trustee of the estate to

    return their property to them as provided below.

    As no customer may obtain more than his or her proportionate

    share of the property available to satisfy customer claims, if you

    instruct the trustee to return your property to you, you will be

    required to pay the estate, as a condition to the return of your

    property, an amount determined by the trustee. If your property is

    not margining an open contract, this amount will approximate the

    difference between the market value of your property and your pro

    rata share of the estate, as estimated by the trustee. If your

    property is margining an open commodity contract, this amount will

    be approximately the full fair market value of the property on the

    date of its return.

    Kinds of Property to Which This Notice Applies

    1. Any security deposited as margin which, as of (date petition

    was filed), was securing an open commodity contract and is:

    --Registered in your name,

    --Not transferrable by delivery, and

    --Not a short-term obligation.

    2. Any fully-paid, non-exempt security held for your account in

    which there were no open commodity contracts as of (date petition

    was filed). (Rather than the return, at this time, of the specific

    securities you deposited with (commodity broker), you may instead

    request now, or at any later time, that the trustee purchase ``like-

    kind'' securities of a fair market value which does not exceed your

    proportionate share of the estate).

    3. Any warehouse receipt, bill of lading or other document of

    title deposited as margin which, as of (date petition was filed),

    was securing an open commodity contract and--can be identified in

    (commodity broker)'s records as being held for your account, and--is

    neither in bearer form nor otherwise transferable by delivery.

    4. Any warehouse receipt bill of lading or other document of

    title, or any commodity received, acquired or held by (commodity

    broker) to make or take delivery or exercise from or for your

    account and which--can be identified in (commodity broker)'s records

    as received from or for your account as held specifically for the

    purpose of delivery or exercise.

    5. Any cash or other property deposited to make or take delivery

    on a commodity contract may be eligible to be returned. The trustee

    should be contacted directly for further information if you have

    deposited such property with (commodity broker) and desire its

    return.

    Instructions must be received by (the 5th calendar day after 2d

    publication date) or the trustee will liquidate your property. (If

    you own such property but fail to provide the trustee with

    instructions, you will still have a claim against (commodity broker)

    but you will not be able to have your specific property returned to

    you).

    Note: Prior to receipt of your instructions, circumstances may

    require the trustee to liquidate your property, or transfer your

    property to another broker if it is margining open commodity

    contracts. If your property is transferred and your instructions

    were received within the required time, your instructions will be

    forwarded to the new broker.

    Instructions should be directed to: (Trustee's name, address,

    and/or telephone).

    Even if you request the return of your property, you must also

    pay the trustee the amount he specifies and provide the trustee with

    proof of your claim before (the 7th calendar day after 2d

    publication date) or your property will be liquidated. (Upon receipt

    of customer instructions to return property, the trustee will mail

    the sender a form which describes the information he must provide to

    substantiate his claim).

    Note: The trustee is required to liquidate your property

    despite the timely receipt of your instructions, money, and proof of

    claim if, for any reason, your property cannot be returned by (close

    of business on the 7th business day after 2d publication date).

    Bankruptcy Appendix Form 3--Request For Instructions Concerning

    Transfer of Your Hedge Contracts Held by (Commodity Broker)

    United States Bankruptcy Court ----District of ----------In re

    ----------, Debtor, No. ----------.

    Please take notice: On (date), a petition in bankruptcy was

    filed by [against] (commodity broker).

    You indicated when your hedge account was opened that the

    commodity contracts in your hedge account should not be liquidated

    automatically in the event of the bankruptcy of (commodity broker),

    and that you wished to provide instructions at this time concerning

    their disposition.

    Instructions to transfer your commodity contracts and a cash

    deposit (as described below) must be received by the trustee by (the

    6th calendar day after entry of order for relief) or your commodity

    contracts will be liquidated.

    If you request the transfer of your commodity contracts, prior

    to their transfer, you must pay the trustee in cash an amount

    determined by the trustee which will approximate the difference

    between the value of the equity margining your commodity contracts

    and your pro rata share of the estate plus an amount constituting

    security for the nonrecovery of any overpayments. In your

    instructions, you should specify the broker to which you wish your

    commodity contracts transferred.

    Be further advised that prior to receipt of your instructions,

    circumstances may, in any event, require the trustee to liquidate or

    transfer your commodity contracts. If your commodity contracts are

    so transferred and your instructions are received, your instructions

    will be forwarded to the new broker.

    Note also that the trustee is required to liquidate your

    positions despite the timely receipt of your instructions and money

    if, for any reason, you have not made arrangements to transfer and/

    or your contracts are not transferred by (7 calendar days after

    entry of order for relief).

    Instructions should be sent to: (Trustee's or designee's name,

    address, and/or telephone). [Instructions may also be provided by

    phone].

    Bankruptcy Appendix Form 4--Proof of Claim

    [Note to trustee: As indicated in Sec. 190.02(d), this form is

    provided as a guide to the trustee and should be modified as

    necessary depending upon the information which the trustee needs at

    the time a proof of claim is requested and the time provided for a

    response.]

    Proof of Claim

    United States Bankruptcy Court ----District of ----------In re

    ----------, Debtor, No. ----------. Return this form by ----------

    or your claim will be barred (unless extended, for good cause

    only).&

    I. [If claimant is an individual claiming for himself] The

    undersigned, who is the claimant herein, resides at ----------.

    [If claimant is a partnership claiming through a member] The

    undersigned, who resides at ----, is a member of ----------, a

    partnership, composed of the undersigned and ----------, of --------

    --, and doing business at ----, and is duly authorized to make this

    proof of claim on behalf of the partnership.

    [If claimant is a corporation claiming though a duly authorized

    officer] The undersigned, who resides at ---- is the ---------- of

    ----, a corporation organized under the laws of ---- and doing

    business at ----------, and is duly authorized to make this proof of

    claim on behalf of the corporation.

    [If claim is made by agent] The undersigned, who resides at ----

    ------, is the agent of ----------, and is duly authorized to make

    this proof of claim on behalf of the claimant.

    II. The debtor was, at the time of the filing of the petition

    initiating this case, and still is, indebted to this claimant for

    the total sum of $ ----------.

    III. List EACH account on behalf of which a claim is being made

    by number and name of account holder[s], and for EACH account,

    specify the following information:

    a. Whether the account is a futures, foreign futures, leverage,

    option (if an option account, specify whether exchange-traded,

    dealer or cleared swap), ``delivery'' account, or a cleared swaps

    account. A ``delivery'' account is one which contains only documents

    of title, commodities, cash, or other property identified to the

    claimant and deposited for the purposes of making or taking delivery

    on a commodity underlying a commodity contract or for payment of the

    strike price upon exercise of an option.

    [[Page 33863]]

    b. The capacity in which the account is held, as follows (and if

    more than one is applicable, so state):

    1. [The account is held in the name of the undersigned in his

    individual capacity];

    2. [The account is held by the undersigned as guardian,

    custodian, or conservator for the benefit of a ward or a minor under

    the Uniform Gift to Minors Act];

    3. [The account is held by the undersigned as executor or

    administrator of an estate];

    4. [The account is held by the undersigned as trustee for the

    trust beneficiary];

    5. [The account is held by the undersigned in the name of a

    corporation, partnership, or unincorporated association];

    6. [The account is held as an omnibus customer account of the

    undersigned futures commission merchant];

    7. [The account is held by the undersigned as part owner of a

    joint account];

    8. [The account is held by the undersigned in the name of a plan

    which, on the date the petition in bankruptcy was filed, had in

    effect a registration statement in accordance with the requirements

    of Sec. 1031 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974

    and the regulations thereunder]; or

    9. [The account is held by the undersigned as agent or nominee

    for a principal or beneficial owner (and not described above in

    items 1-8 of this II, b)].

    10. [The account is held in any other capacity not described

    above in items 1-9 of this II, b. Specify the capacity].

    c. The equity, as of the date the petition in bankruptcy was

    filed, based on the commodity contracts in the account.

    d. Whether the person[s] (including a general partnership,

    limited partnership, corporation, or other type of association) on

    whose behalf the account is held is one of the following persons OR

    whether one of the following persons, alone or jointly, owns 10% or

    more of the account:

    1. [If the debtor is an individual--

    A. Such individual;

    B. Relative (as defined below in item 8 of this III,d) of the

    debtor or of a general partner of the debtor;

    C. Partnership in which the debtor is a general partner;

    D. General partner of the debtor; or

    E. Corporation of which the debtor is a director, officer, or

    person in control];

    2. [If the debtor is a partnership--

    A. Such partnership;

    B. General partner in the debtor;

    C. Relative (as defined in item 8 of this III,d) of a general

    partner in, general partner of, or person in control of the debtor;

    D. Partnership in which the debtor is a general partner;

    E. General partner of the debtor; or

    F. Person in control of the debtor];

    3. [If the debtor is a limited partnership--

    A. Such limited partnership;

    B. A limited or special partner in such partnership whose duties

    include:

    i. The management of the partnership business or any part

    thereof;

    ii. The handling of the trades or customer funds of customers of

    such partnership;

    iii. The keeping of records pertaining to the trades or customer

    funds of customers of such partnership; or

    iv. The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of

    such partnership];

    4. [If the debtor is a corporation or association (except a

    debtor which is a futures commission merchant and is also a

    cooperative association of producers)--

    A. Such corporation or association;

    B. Director of the debtor;

    C. Officer of the debtor;

    D. Person in control of the debtor;

    E. Partnership in which the debtor is a general partner;

    F. General partner of the debtor;

    G. Relative (as defined in item 8 of this III,d) of a general

    partner, director, officer, or person in control of the debtor;

    H. An officer, director or owner of ten percent or more of the

    capital stock of such organization];

    5. [If the debtor is a futures commission merchant which is a

    cooperative association of producers--

    Shareholder or member of the debtor which is an officer,

    director or manager];

    6. [An employee of such individual, partnership, limited

    partnership, corporation or association whose duties include:

    A. The management of the business of such individual,

    partnership, limited partnership, corporation or association or any

    part thereof;

    B. The handling of the trades or customer funds of customers of

    such individual, partnership, limited partnership, corporation or

    association;

    C. The keeping of records pertaining to the trades or funds of

    customers of such individual, partnership, limited partnership,

    corporation or association; or

    D. The signing or co-signing of checks or drafts on behalf of

    such individual, partnership, limited partnership, corporation or

    association];

    7. [Managing agent of the debtor];

    8. [A spouse or minor dependent living in the same household of

    ANY OF THE FOREGOING PERSONS, or any other relative, regardless of

    residency, (unless previously described in items 1-B, 2-C, or 4-G of

    this III, d) defined as an individual related by affinity or

    consanguinity within the third degree as determined by the common

    law, or individual in a step or adoptive relationship within such

    degree];

    9. [``Affiliate'' of the debtor, defined as:

    A. Entity that directly or indirectly owns, controls, or holds

    with power to vote, 20 percent or more of the outstanding voting

    securities of the debtor, other than an entity that holds such

    securities--

    i. In a fiduciary or agency capacity without sole discretionary

    power to vote such securities; or

    ii. Solely to secure a debt, if such entity has not in fact

    exercised such power to vote;

    B. Corporation 20 percent or more of whose outstanding voting

    securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled, or held

    with power to vote, by the debtor, or by an entity that directly or

    indirectly owns, controls, or holds with power to vote, 20 percent

    or more of the outstanding voting securities of the debtor, other

    than an entity that holds such securities--

    i. In a fiduciary or agency capacity without sole discretionary

    power to vote such securities; or

    ii. Solely to secure a debt, if such entity has not in fact

    exercised such power to vote;

    C. Person whose business is operated under a lease or operating

    agreement by the debtor, or person substantially all of whose

    property is operated under an operating agreement with the debtor;

    D. Entity that otherwise, directly or indirectly, is controlled

    by or is under common control with the debtor];

    E. Entity that operates the business or all or substantially all

    of the property of the debtor under a lease or operating agreement;

    or

    F. Entity that otherwise, directly or indirectly, controls the

    debtor; or

    10. [Any of the persons listed in items 1-7 above of this III, d

    if such person is associated with an affiliate (see item 9 above) of

    the debtor as if the affiliate were the debtor].

    e. Whether the account is a discretionary account. (If it is,

    the name in which the ``attorney in fact'' is held).

    f. If the account is a joint account, the amount of the

    claimant's percentage interest in the account. (Also specify whether

    participants in a joint account are claiming separately or jointly).

    g. Whether the claimant's positions in security futures products

    are held in a futures account or securities account, as those terms

    are defined in Sec. 1.3 of this chapter.

    IV. Describe all claims against the debtor not based upon a

    commodity contract account of the claimant (e.g., if landlord, for

    rent; if customer, for misrepresentation or fraud).

    V. Describe all claims of the DEBTOR against the CLAIMANT not

    already included in the equity of a commodity contract account[s] of

    the claimant (see III, c above).

    VI. Describe any deposits of money, securities or other property

    held by or for the debtor from or for the claimant, and indicate if

    any of this property was included in your answer to III, c above.

    VII. Of the money, securities, or other property described in VI

    above, identify any which consists of the following:

    a. With respect to property received, acquired, or held by or

    for the account of the debtor from or for the account of the

    claimant to margin, guarantee or secure an open commodity contract,

    the following:

    1. Any security which as of the filing date is:

    A. Held for the claimant's account;

    B. Registered in the claimant's name;

    C. Not transferable by delivery; and

    D. Not a short term obligation; or

    2. Any warehouse receipt, bill of lading or other document of

    title which as of the filing date:

    A. Can be identified on the books and records of the debtor as

    held for the account of the claimant; and

    B. Is not in bearer form and is not otherwise transferable by

    delivery.

    b. With respect to open commodity contracts, and except as

    otherwise provided below in item g of this VII, any such contract

    which:

    1. As of the date the petition in bankruptcy was filed, is

    identified on the books and records of the debtor as held for the

    account of the claimant;

    [[Page 33864]]

    2. Is a bona fide hedging position or transaction as defined in

    Rule 1.3 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (``CFTC'') or

    is a commodity option transaction which has been determined by a

    registered entity to be economically appropriate to the reduction of

    risks in the conduct and management of a commercial enterprise

    pursuant to rules which have been approved by the CFTC pursuant to

    section 5c(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act;

    3. Is in an account designated in the accounting records of the

    debtor as a hedging account.

    c. With respect to warehouse receipts, bills of lading or other

    documents of title, or physical commodities received, acquired, or

    held by or for the account of the debtor for the purpose of making

    or taking delivery or exercise from or for the claimant's account,

    any such document of title or commodity which as of the filing date

    can be identified on the books and records of the debtor as received

    from or for the account of the claimant specifically for the purpose

    of delivery or exercise.

    d. Any cash or other property deposited prior to bankruptcy to

    pay for the taking of physical delivery on a long commodity contract

    or for payment of the strike price upon exercise of a short put or a

    long call option contract on a physical commodity, which cannot be

    settled in cash, in excess of the amount necessary to margin such

    commodity contract prior to the notice date or exercise date which

    cash or other property is identified on the books and records of the

    debtor as received from or for the account of the claimant within

    three or less days of the notice date or three or less days of the

    exercise date specifically for the purpose of payment of the notice

    price upon taking delivery or the strike price upon exercise.

    e. The cash price tendered for any property deposited prior to

    bankruptcy to make physical delivery on a short commodity contract

    or for exercise of a long put or a short call option contract on a

    physical commodity, which cannot be settled in cash, to the extent

    it exceeds the amount necessary to margin such contract prior to the

    notice exercise date which property is identified on the books and

    records of the debtor as received from or for the account of the

    claimant within three or less days of the notice date or of the

    exercise date specifically for the purpose of a delivery or

    exercise.

    f. Fully paid, non-exempt securities identified on the books and

    records of the debtor as held by the debtor for or on behalf of the

    commodity contract account of the claimant for which, according to

    such books and records as of the filing date, no open commodity

    contracts were held in the same capacity.

    g. Open commodity contracts transferred to another futures

    commission merchant by the trustee.

    VIII. Specify whether the claimant wishes to receive payment in

    kind, to the extent possible, for any claim for securities.

    IX. Attach copies of any documents which support the information

    provided in this proof of claim, including but not limited to

    customer confirmations, account statements, and statements of

    purchase or sale.

    This proof of claim must be filed with the trustee no later than

    ------, or your claim will be barred unless an extension has been

    granted, available only for good cause.

    Return this form to:

    (Trustee's name (or designee's) and address)---------------------------

    -----------------------------------------------------------------------

    Dated:-----------------------------------------------------------------

    (Signed)---------------------------------------------------------------

    Penalty for Presenting Fraudulent Claim. Fine of not more than

    $5,000 or imprisonment for not more than five years or both--Title

    18, U.S.C. 152.

    (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control

    number 3038-0021)

    14. Revise Appendix B to Part 190 to read as follows:

    Appendix B to Part 190--Bankruptcy Forms

    Special Bankruptcy Distributions Framework 1--Special Distribution of

    Futures Customer Funds When FCM Participated in Cross-Margining

    The Commission has established the following distributional

    convention with respect to ``futures customer funds'' (as Sec. 1.3

    of this chapter defines such term) held by a futures commission

    merchant (FCM) that participated in a cross-margining (XM) program

    which shall apply if participating market professionals sign an

    agreement that makes reference to this distributional rule and the

    form of such agreement has been approved by the Commission by rule,

    regulation or order:

    All futures customer funds held in respect of XM accounts,

    regardless of the product that customers holding such accounts are

    trading, are required by Commission order to be segregated

    separately from all other customer segregated funds. For purposes of

    this distributional rule, XM accounts will be deemed to be commodity

    interest accounts and securities held in XM accounts will be deemed

    to be received by the FCM to margin, guarantee or secure commodity

    interest contracts. The maintenance of property in an XM account

    will result in subordination of the claim for such property to

    certain non-XM customer claims and thereby will operate to cause

    such XM claim not to be treated as a customer claim for purposes of

    the Securities Investors Protection Act and the XM securities to be

    excluded from the securities estate. This creates subclasses of

    futures customer accounts, an XM account and a non-XM account (a

    person could hold each type of account), and results in two pools of

    segregated funds belonging to futures customers: An XM pool and a

    non-XM pool. In the event that there is a shortfall in the non-XM

    pool of customer class segregated funds and there is no shortfall in

    the XM pool of customer segregated funds, all futures customer net

    equity claims, whether or not they arise out of the XM subclass of

    accounts, will be combined and will be paid pro rata out of the

    total pool of available XM and non-XM futures customer funds. In the

    event that there is a shortfall in the XM pool of customer

    segregated funds and there is no shortfall in the non-XM pool of

    customer segregated funds, then futures customer net equity claims

    arising from the XM subclass of accounts shall be satisfied first

    from the XM pool of customer segregated funds, and futures customer

    net equity claims arising from the non-XM subclass of accounts shall

    be satisfied first from the non-XM customer segregated funds.

    Furthermore, in the event that there is a shortfall in both the non-

    XM and XM pools of customer segregated funds: (1) If the non-XM

    shortfall as a percentage of the segregation requirement in the non-

    XM pool is greater than or equal to the XM shortfall as a percentage

    of the segregation requirement in the XM pool, all futures customer

    net equity claims will be paid pro rata; and (2) if the XM shortfall

    as a percentage of the segregation requirement in the XM pool is

    greater than the non-XM shortfall as a percentage of the segregation

    requirement of the non-XM pool, non-XM futures customer net equity

    claims will be paid pro rata out of the available non-XM segregated

    funds, and XM futures customer net equity claims will be paid pro

    rata out of the available XM segregated funds. In this way, non-XM

    customers will never be adversely affected by an XM shortfall.

    The following examples illustrate the operation of this

    convention. The examples assume that the FCM has two customers, one

    with exclusively XM accounts and one with exclusively non-XM

    accounts. However, the examples would apply equally if there were

    only one customer, with both an XM account and a non-XM account.

    1. Sufficient Funds to Meet Non-XM and XM Customer Claims:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Non-XM XM Total

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Funds in 4d(a) segregation...................................... 150 150 300

    4d(a) Segregation requirement................................... 150 150 300

    Shortfall (dollars)............................................. 0 0 ..............

    Shortfall (percent)............................................. 0 0 ..............

    Distribution.................................................... 150 150 300

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [[Page 33865]]

    There are adequate funds available and both the non-XM and the

    XM customer claims will be paid in full.

    2. Shortfall in Non-XM Only:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Non-XM XM Total

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Funds in 4d(a) segregation...................................... 100 150 250

    4d(a) Segregation requirement................................... 150 150 300

    Shortfall (dollars)............................................. 50 0 ..............

    Shortfall (percent)............................................. 50/150 = 33.3 0 ..............

    Pro rata (percent).............................................. 150/300 = 50 150/300 = 50 ..............

    Pro rata (dollars).............................................. 125 125 ..............

    Distribution.................................................... 125 125 250

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Due to the non-XM account, there are insufficient funds

    available to meet both the non-XM and the XM customer claims in

    full. Each customer will receive his pro rata share of the funds

    available, or 50% of the $250 available, or $125.

    3. Shortfall in XM Only:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Non-XM XM Total

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Funds in 4d(a) segregation...................................... 150 100 250

    4d(a) Segregation requirement................................... 150 150 300

    Shortfall (dollars)............................................. 0 50 ..............

    Shortfall (percent)............................................. 0 50/150 = 33.3 ..............

    Pro rata (percent).............................................. 150/300 = 50 150/300 = 50 ..............

    Pro rata (dollars).............................................. 125 125 ..............

    Distribution.................................................... 150 100 250

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Due to the XM account, there are insufficient funds available

    to meet both the non-XM and the XM customer claims in full.

    Accordingly, the XM funds and non-XM funds are treated as separate

    pools, and the non-XM customer will be paid in full, receiving $ 150

    while the XM customer will receive the remaining $100.

    4. Shortfall in Both, With XM Shortfall Exceeding Non-XM

    Shortfall:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Non-XM XM Total

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Funds in 4d(a) segregation...................................... 125 100 225

    4d(a) Segregation requirement................................... 150 150 300

    Shortfall (dollars)............................................. 25 50 ..............

    Shortfall (percent)............................................. 25/150 = 16.7 50/150 = 33.3 ..............

    Pro rata (percent).............................................. 150/300 = 50 150/300 = 50 ..............

    Pro rata (dollars).............................................. 112.50 112.50 ..............

    Distribution.................................................... 125 100 225

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There are insufficient funds available to meet both the non-XM

    and the XM customer claims in full, and the XM shortfall exceeds the

    non-XM shortfall. The non-XM customer will receive the $125

    available with respect to non-XM claims while the XM customer will

    receive the $100 available with respect to XM claims.

    5. Shortfall in Both, With Non-XM Shortfall Exceeding XM

    Shortfall:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Non-XM XM Total

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Funds in 4d(a) segregation...................................... 100 125 225

    4d(a) Segregation requirement................................... 150 150 300

    Shortfall (dollars)............................................. 50 25 ..............

    Shortfall (percent)............................................. 50/150 = 33.3 25/150 = 16.7 ..............

    Pro rata (percent).............................................. 150/300 = 50 150/300 = 50 ..............

    Pro rata (dollars).............................................. 112.50 112.50 ..............

    Distribution.................................................... 112.50 112.50 225

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There are insufficient funds available to meet both the non-XM

    and the XM customer claims in full, and the non-XM shortfall exceeds

    the XM shortfall. Each customer will receive 50% of the $225

    available, or $112.50.

    6. Shortfall in Both, Non-XM Shortfall = XM Shortfall:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Non-XM XM Total

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Funds in 4d(a) segregation...................................... 100 100 200

    4d(a) Segregation requirement................................... 150 150 300

    Shortfall (dollars)............................................. 50 50 ..............

    Shortfall (percent)............................................. 50/150 = 33.3 50/150 = 33.3 ..............

    Pro rata (percent).............................................. 150/300 = 50 150/300 = 50 ..............

    [[Page 33866]]

    Pro rata (dollars).............................................. 100 100 ..............

    Distribution.................................................... 100 100 200

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There are insufficient funds available to meet both the non-XM

    and the XM customer claims in full, and the non-XM shortfall equals

    the XM shortfall. Each customer will receive 50% of the $200

    available, or $100.

    These examples illustrate the principle that pro rata

    distribution across both accounts is the preferable approach except

    when a shortfall in the XM account could harm non-XM customers.

    Thus, pro rata distribution occurs in Examples 1, 2, 5 and 6.

    Separate treatment of the XM and non-XM accounts occurs in Examples

    3 and 4.

    Special Bankruptcy Distributions Framework 2--Special Allocation of

    Shortfall to Customer Claims When Futures Customer Funds and Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral Are Held in a Depository Outside of the

    United States or in a Foreign Currency

    The Commission has established the following allocation

    convention with respect to futures customer funds (as Sec. 1.3 of

    this chapter defines such term) and Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral (as Sec. 22.1 of this chapter defines such term)

    segregated pursuant to the Act and Commission rules thereunder held

    by a futures commission merchant (``FCM'') or derivatives clearing

    organization (``DCO'') in a depository outside the United States

    (``U.S.'') or in a foreign currency. The maintenance of futures

    customer funds or Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in a depository

    outside the U.S. or denominated in a foreign currency will result,

    in certain circumstances, in the reduction of customer claims for

    such funds. For purposes of this proposed bankruptcy convention,

    sovereign action of a foreign government or court would include, but

    not be limited to, the application or enforcement of statutes,

    rules, regulations, interpretations, advisories, decisions, or

    orders, formal or informal, by a Federal, state, or provincial

    executive, legislature, judiciary, or government agency. If an FCM

    enters into bankruptcy and maintains futures customer funds or

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral in a depository located in the

    U.S. in a currency other than U.S. dollars or in a depository

    outside the U.S., the following allocation procedures shall be used

    to calculate the claim of each futures customer or Cleared Swaps

    Customer (as Sec. 22.1 of this chapter defines such term). The

    allocation procedures should be performed separately with respect to

    each futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer.

    I. Reduction in Claims for General Shortfall

    A. Determination of Losses not Attributable to Sovereign Action

    1. Convert the claim of each futures customer or Cleared Swaps

    Customer in each currency to U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate in

    effect on the Final Net Equity Determination Date, as defined in

    Sec. 190.01(s) (the ``Exchange Rate'').

    2. Determine the amount of assets available for distribution to

    futures customers or Cleared Swaps Customers. In making this

    calculation, include futures customer funds and Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral that would be available for distribution but for

    the sovereign action.

    3. Convert the amount of futures customer funds and Cleared

    Swaps Customer Collateral available for distribution to U.S. Dollars

    at the Exchange Rate.

    4. Determine the Shortfall Percentage that is not attributable

    to sovereign action, as follows:

    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP09JN11.042

    B. Allocation of Losses Not Attributable to Sovereign Action

    1. Reduce the claim of each futures customer or Cleared Swaps

    Customer by the Shortfall Percentage.

    II. Reduction in Claims for Sovereign Loss

    A. Determination of Losses Attributable to Sovereign Action

    (``Sovereign Loss'')

    1. If any portion of the claim of a futures customer or Cleared

    Swaps Customer is required to be kept in U.S. dollars in the U.S.,

    that portion of the claim is not exposed to Sovereign Loss.

    2. If any portion of the claim of a futures customer or Cleared

    Swaps Customer is authorized to be kept in only one location and

    that location is:

    a. The U.S. or a location in which there is no Sovereign Loss,

    then that portion of the claim is not exposed to Sovereign Loss.

    b. A location in which there is Sovereign Loss, then that entire

    portion of the claim is exposed to Sovereign Loss.

    3. If any portion of the claim of a futures customer or Cleared

    Swaps Customer is authorized to be kept in only one currency and

    that currency is:

    a. U.S. dollars or a currency in which there is no Sovereign

    Loss, then that portion of the claim is not exposed to Sovereign

    Loss.

    b. A currency in which there is Sovereign Loss, then that entire

    portion of the claim is exposed to Sovereign Loss.

    4. If any portion of the claim of a futures customer or Cleared

    Swaps Customer is authorized to be kept in more than one location

    and:

    a. There is no Sovereign Loss in any of those locations, then

    that portion of the claim is not exposed to Sovereign Loss.

    b. There is Sovereign Loss in one of those locations, then that

    entire portion of the claim is exposed to Sovereign Loss.

    c. There is Sovereign Loss in more than one of those locations,

    then an equal share of that portion of the claim will be exposed to

    Sovereign Loss in each such location.

    5. If any portion of the claim of a futures customer or Cleared

    Swaps Customer is authorized to be kept in more than one currency

    and:

    a. There is no Sovereign Loss in any of those currencies, then

    that portion of the claim is not exposed to Sovereign Loss.

    b. There is Sovereign Loss in one of those currencies, then that

    entire portion of the claim is exposed to Sovereign Loss.

    c. There is Sovereign Loss in more than one of those currencies,

    then an equal share of that portion of the claim will be exposed to

    Sovereign Loss.

    B. Calculation of Sovereign Loss

    1. The total Sovereign Loss for each location is the difference

    between:

    a. The total futures customer funds or Cleared Swaps Customer

    Collateral deposited in depositories in that location and

    b. The amount of futures customer funds or Cleared Swaps

    Customer Collateral in that location that is available to be

    distributed to futures customers or Cleared Swaps Customers, after

    taking into account any sovereign action.

    2. The total Sovereign Loss for each currency is the difference

    between:

    a. The value, in U.S. dollars, of the futures customer funds or

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral held in that currency on the day

    before the sovereign action took place and

    b. The value, in U.S. dollars, of the futures customer funds or

    Cleared Swaps Customer Collateral held in that currency on the Final

    Net Equity Determination Date.

    C. Allocation of Sovereign Loss

    1. Each portion of the claim of a futures customer or Cleared

    Swaps Customer exposed to Sovereign Loss in a location will be

    reduced by:

    [[Page 33867]]

    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP09JN11.043

    2. Each portion of the claim of a futures customer or Cleared

    Swaps Customer exposed to Sovereign Loss in a currency will be

    reduced by:

    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP09JN11.044

    3. A portion of the claim of a futures customer or Cleared Swaps

    Customer exposed to Sovereign Loss in a location or currency will

    not be reduced below zero. (The above calculations might yield a

    result below zero where the FCM kept more futures customer funds or

    Cleared Swaps Customer Funds in a location or currency than it was

    authorized to keep.)

    4. Any amount of Sovereign Loss from a location or currency in

    excess of the total amount of futures customer funds or Cleared

    Swaps Customer Funds authorized to be kept in that location or

    currency (calculated in accord with section II.1 above) (``Total

    Excess Sovereign Loss'') will be divided among all futures customers

    or Cleared Swaps Customer who have authorized funds to be kept

    outside the U.S., or in currencies other than U.S. dollars, with

    each such futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer claim reduced

    by the following amount:

    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP09JN11.045

    The following examples illustrate the operation of this

    convention.

    Example 1. No shortfall in any location.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location(s) customer

    Customer Claim has consented to having

    funds held

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.............................. $50 U.S.

    B.............................. [euro]50 U.K.

    C.............................. [euro]50 Germany.

    D.............................. [pound]300 U.K.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location Actual asset balance

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................................ $50.

    U.K............................................ [pound]300.

    U.K............................................ [euro]50.

    Germany........................................ [euro]50.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Note: Conversion Rates: [pound]1 = $1; [pound]1=$1.5.

    Convert the claim of each futures customer or Cleared Swaps

    Customer in each currency to U.S. Dollars:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S.

    Customer Claim Conversion rate dollars

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.................................................. $50 1.0 $50

    B.................................................. [euro]50 1.0 50

    C.................................................. [euro]50 1.0 50

    D.................................................. [pound]300 1.5 450

    ------------------------------------------------------------

    Total.......................................... .................. .................. 600.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine assets available for distribution to futures customers

    or Cleared Swaps Customers, converting to U.S. dollars:

    [[Page 33868]]

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shortfall Actual

    Assets in due to shortfall Amount

    Location Assets Conversion U.S. sovereign due to actually

    rate dollars action sovereign available

    percentage action

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................... $50 1.0 $50 ........... ........... $50

    U.K............................... [pound]300 1.5 450 ........... ........... 450

    U.K............................... [euro]50 1.0 50 ........... ........... 50

    Germany........................... [euro]50 1.0 50 ........... ........... 50

    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total......................... ........... ........... 600.00 ........... 0 600.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There are no shortfalls in funds held in any location.

    Accordingly, there will be no reduction of futures customer or

    Cleared Swaps Customer claims.

    Claims:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in

    U.S. Allocation

    dollars of

    after shortfall Claim after

    Customer allocated due to all

    non- sovereign reductions

    sovereign action

    shortfall

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A..................................... $50 $0 $50

    B..................................... 50 0 50

    C..................................... 50 0 50

    D..................................... 450 0 450

    Total............................. 600.00 0.00 600.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Example 2. Shortfall in funds held in the U.S.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location(s) customer

    Customer Claim has consented to having

    funds held

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.............................. $100 U.S.

    B.............................. [euro]50 U.K.

    C.............................. [euro]100 U.K., Germany, or

    Japan.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location Actual asset balance

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................................ $50

    U.K............................................ [euro]100

    Germany........................................ [euro]50

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Note: Conversion Rates: [euro]1 = $1.

    Reduction in Claims for General Shortfall

    There is a shortfall in the funds held in the U.S. such that

    only \1/2\ of the funds are available. Convert the claim of each

    futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer in each currency to U.S.

    Dollars:

    Convert each customer's claim in each currency to U.S. Dollars:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Customer Claim Conversion rate Claim in US$

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.................................................. $100 1.0 $100

    B.................................................. [euro]50 1.0 50

    C.................................................. [euro]100 1.0 100

    ------------------------------------------------------------

    Total.......................................... .................. .................. 250.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine assets available for distribution to futures customers

    or Cleared Swaps Customers, converting to U.S. dollars:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shortfall Actual

    due to shortfall Amount

    Location Assets Conversion Assets in sovereign due to actually

    rate U.S. dollars action sovereign available

    percentage action

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................. $50 1.0 $50.00 ........... ........... $50

    U.K............................. [euro]100 1.0 100 ........... ........... 100

    Germany......................... [euro]50 1.0 50 ........... ........... 50

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [[Page 33869]]

    Total....................... ........... ........... 200.00 ........... ........... 200.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine the percentage of shortfall that is not attributable

    to sovereign action:

    Shortfall Percentage = (1-(200/250)) = (1-80%) = 20%.

    Reduce each futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer claim by

    the Shortfall Percentage:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S.

    Customer Claim in US$ Allocated shortfall dollars after

    (non-sovereign) allocated shortfall

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A................................................ $100 $20.00 $80.00

    B................................................ 50 10.00 40.00

    C................................................ 100 20.00 80.00

    --------------------------------------------------------------

    Total........................................ 250.00 50.00 200.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Reduction in Claims for Shortfall Due to Sovereign Action

    There is no shortfall due to sovereign action. Accordingly, the

    futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer claims will not be

    further reduced.

    Claims After Reductions

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S.

    dollars after Allocation of Claim after all

    Customer allocated non- shortfall due to reductions

    sovereign shortfall sovereign action

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A................................................. $80 .................. $80.00

    B................................................. 40 .................. 40.00

    C................................................. 80 .................. 80.00

    -------------------------------------------------------------

    Total......................................... 200.00 0 200.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Example 3. Shortfall in funds held outside the U.S., or in a

    currency other than U.S. dollars, not due to sovereign action.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location(s) customer

    Customer Claim has consented to having

    funds held

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.............................. $150 U.S.

    B.............................. [euro]100 U.K.

    C.............................. [euro]50 Germany.

    D.............................. $100 U.S.

    D.............................. [euro]100 U.K. or Germany.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location Actual asset balance

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................................ $250

    U.K............................................ [euro]50

    Germany........................................ [euro]100

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Note: Conversion Rates: [euro]1 = $1.

    Reduction in Claims for General Shortfall

    Convert the claim of each futures customer or Cleared Swaps

    Customer in each currency to U.S. Dollars:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Customer Claim Conversion rate Claim in US$

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.................................................. $150 1.0 150

    B.................................................. [euro]100 1.0 100

    C.................................................. [euro]50 1.0 50

    D.................................................. $100 1.0 100

    D.................................................. [euro]100 1.0 100

    Total.......................................... .................. .................. 500.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [[Page 33870]]

    Determine assets available for distribution to futures customers

    or Cleared Swaps Customers, converting to U.S. dollars:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shortfall Actual

    due to shortfall Amount

    Location Assets Conversion Assets in sovereign due to actually

    rate U.S. dollars action sovereign available

    percentage action

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................. $250 1.0 $250 ........... ........... $250

    U.K............................. [euro]50 1.0 50 ........... ........... 50

    Germany......................... [euro]100 1.0 100 ........... ........... 100

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total....................... ........... ........... 400.00 ........... 0 400.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine the percentage of shortfall that is not attributable

    to sovereign action:

    Shortfall Percentage = (1-400/500) = (1-80%) = 20%.

    Reduce each futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer by the

    shortfall percentage:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S.

    Allocated dollars after

    Customer Claim in US$ shortfall (non- allocated

    sovereign) shortfall

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.................................................. $150 $30.00 120.00

    B.................................................. 100 20.00 80.00

    C.................................................. 50 10.00 40.00

    D.................................................. 200 40.00 160.00

    ------------------------------------------------------------

    Total.......................................... 500.00 100.00 400.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Reduction in Claims for Shortfall Due to Sovereign Action

    There is no shortfall due to sovereign action. Accordingly, the

    claims will not be further reduced.

    Claims After Reductions

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S.

    dollars after Allocation of

    Customer allocated non- shortfall due to Claim after all

    sovereign sovereign action reductions

    shortfall

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A................................................... $120.00 .................. $120

    B................................................... 80.00 .................. 80

    C................................................... 40.00 .................. 40

    D................................................... 160.00 0 160

    -----------------------------------------------------------

    Total........................................... 400.00 0 400

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Example 4. Shortfall in funds held outside the U.S., or in a

    currency other than U.S. dollars, due to sovereign action.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location(s) where

    Customer Claim customer has consented

    to have funds held

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.............................. $50 U.S.

    B.............................. [euro]50 U.K.

    C.............................. [euro]50 Germany.

    D.............................. $100 U.S.

    D.............................. [euro]100 U.K. or Germany.

    ----------------------------------------

    Location Actual asset balance

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................................ $150

    U.K............................................ 100

    Germany........................................ 100

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Notice: Conversion Rates: [euro]1 = $1; [yen]1 = $0.01,

    [pound]1= $1.5.

    Reduction in Claims for General Shortfall

    Convert each futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer claim in

    each currency to U.S. Dollars:

    [[Page 33871]]

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Customer Claim Conversion rate Claim in US$

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.................................................. $50 1.0 $50

    B.................................................. [euro]50 1.0 50

    C.................................................. [euro]50 1.0 50

    D.................................................. $100 1.0 100

    D.................................................. [euro]100 1.0 100

    ------------------------------------------------------------

    Total.......................................... .................. .................. 350.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine assets available for distribution to futures customers

    or Cleared Swaps Customers, converting to U.S. dollars:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shortfall Actual

    due to shortfall Amount

    Location Assets Conversion Assets in sovereign due to actually

    rate U.S. dollars action sovereign available

    percentage action

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................ $150 1.0 $150 ........... ............ $150

    U.K............................ [euro]100 1.0 100 ........... ............ 100

    Germany........................ [euro]100 1.0 100 50% 50 50

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total...................... ........... ........... 350.00 ........... 50.00 300.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine the percentage of shortfall that is not attributable

    to sovereign action:

    Shortfall Percentage = (1-350/350) = (1-100%) = 0%.

    Reduce each futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer claim by

    the shortfall percentage:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S.

    Allocated shortfall dollars after

    Customer Claim in US$ (non-sovereign) allocated

    shortfall

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A................................................. $50 0 $50.00

    B................................................. 50 0 50.00

    C................................................. 50 0 50.00

    D................................................. 200 0 200.00

    -------------------------------------------------------------

    Total......................................... 350.00 0.00 350.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Reduction in Claims for Shortfall Due to Sovereign Action

    Due to sovereign action, only \1/2\ of the funds in Germany are

    available.

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Presumed location of funds

    Customer --------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S. U.K. Germany

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A................................................ $50 ................... ...................

    B................................................ ................... $50 ...................

    C................................................ ................... ................... $50

    D................................................ 100 ................... 100

    --------------------------------------------------------------

    Total........................................ 150.00 50.00 150.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Calculation of the allocation of the shortfall due to sovereign

    action--Germany ($50 shortfall to be allocated):

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Allocation share

    Customer Allocation share of actual Actual shortfall

    shortfall allocated

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    C................................................... $50/$150 33.3% of $50 $16.67

    D................................................... $100/$150 66.7% of $50 33.33

    -----------------------------------------------------------

    Total........................................... .................. .................. 50.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [[Page 33872]]

    Claims After Reductions:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S. Allocation of

    dollars after shortfall due to Claim after all

    Customer allocated non- sovereign action reductions

    sovereign shortfall from Germany

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A................................................. $50 .................. $50

    B................................................. 50 .................. 50

    C................................................. 50 $16.67 33.33

    D................................................. 200 33.33 166.67

    -------------------------------------------------------------

    Total......................................... 350.00 50.00 300.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Example 5. Shortfall in funds held outside the U.S., or in a

    currency other than U.S. dollars, due to sovereign action and a

    shortfall in funds held in the U.S.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location(s) customer

    Customer Claim has consented to having

    funds held

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.............................. $100 U.S.

    B.............................. [euro]50 U.K.

    C.............................. [euro]150 Germany.

    D.............................. $100 U.S.

    D.............................. [pound]300 U.K.

    D.............................. [euro]150 U.K. or Germany.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location Actual asset balance

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................................ $100

    U.K............................................ [pound]300

    U.K............................................ [euro]200

    Germany........................................ [euro]150

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Conversion Rates: [euro]1 = $1; [pound]1 = $1.5.

    Reduction in Claims for General Shortfall

    Convert each futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer claim in

    each currency to U.S. Dollars:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Customer Claim Conversion rate Claim in U.S.$

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.................................................. $100 1.0 $100

    B.................................................. [euro]50 1.0 50

    C.................................................. [euro]150 1.0 150

    D.................................................. $100 1.0 100

    D.................................................. [pound]300 1.5 450

    D.................................................. [euro]150 1.0 150

    ------------------------------------------------------------

    Total.......................................... .................. .................. 1,000.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine assets available for distribution to futures customers

    or Cleared Swaps.

    Customers, converting to U.S. dollars:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shortfall Actual

    due to shortfall Amount

    Location Assets Conversion Assets in sovereign due to actually

    rate U.S. dollars action sovereign available

    percentage action

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................ $100 1.0 $100 ........... ............ $100

    U.K............................ [pound]300 1.5 450 ........... ............ 450

    U.K............................ [euro]200 1.0 200 ........... ............ 200

    Germany........................ [euro]150 1.0 150 100% $150 0

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total...................... ........... ........... 900.00 ........... 150.00 750.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine the percentage of shortfall that is not attributable

    to sovereign action:

    Shortfall Percentage = (1 - 900/1000) = (1 - 90%) = 10%. Reduce

    each futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer claim by the

    shortfall percentage:

    [[Page 33873]]

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S.

    Allocated dollars after

    Customer Claim in U.S.$ shortfall (non- allocated

    sovereign) shortfall

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.................................................. $100 $10.00 $90.00

    B.................................................. 50 5.00 45.00

    C.................................................. 150 15.00 135.00

    D.................................................. 700 70.00 63.00

    ------------------------------------------------------------

    Total.......................................... 1,000.00 100.00 900.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Reduction in Claims for Shortfall Due to Sovereign Action

    Due to sovereign action, none of the money in Germany is

    available.

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Presumed location of funds

    Customer --------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S. U.K. Germany

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A................................................ $100 ................... ...................

    B................................................ ................... $50 ...................

    C................................................ ................... ................... $150

    D................................................ 100 450 150

    --------------------------------------------------------------

    Total........................................ 200.00 500.00 300.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Calculation of the allocation of the shortfall due to sovereign

    action Germany ($150 shortfall to be allocated):

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Allocation share of Actual shortfall

    Customer Allocation share actual shortfall allocated

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    C..................................... $150/$300................ 50% of $150............. $75

    D..................................... 150/300.................. 50% of $150............. 75

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total............................. ......................... ........................ 150.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claims After Reductions

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S. Allocation of

    dollars after shortfall due to Claim after all

    Customer allocated non- sovereign action reductions

    sovereign shortfall from Germany

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A................................................ $90 ................... $90

    B................................................ 45 ................... 45

    C................................................ 135 $75 60

    D................................................ 630 75 555

    --------------------------------------------------------------

    Total........................................ 900.00 150.00 750.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Example 6. Shortfall in funds held outside the U.S., or in a

    currency other than U.S. dollars, due to sovereign action, shortfall

    in funds held outside the U.S., or in a currency other than U.S.

    dollars, not due to sovereign action, and a shortfall in funds held

    in the U.S.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location(s) customer

    Customer Claim has consented to having

    funds held

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.............................. $50 U.S.

    B.............................. [euro]50 U.K.

    C.............................. $20 U.S.

    C.............................. [euro]50 Germany.

    D.............................. $100 U.S.

    D.............................. [pound]300 U.K.

    D.............................. [euro]100 U.K., Germany, or

    Japan.

    E.............................. $80 U.S.

    E.............................. [yen]10,000 Japan.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [[Page 33874]]

    Location Actual asset balance

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................................ $200

    U.K............................................ [pound]200

    U.K............................................ [euro]100

    Germany........................................ [euro]50

    Japan.......................................... [yen]10,000

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Conversion Rates: [pound]1 = $1; [yen]1=$0.01, [pound]1=$1.5.

    Reduction in Claims for General Shortfall

    Convert each futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer claim in

    each currency to U.S. Dollars:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Customer Claim Conversion rate Claim in U.S.$

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A................................................. $50 1.0 $50

    B................................................. [euro]50 1.0 50

    C................................................. $20 1.0 20

    C................................................. [euro]50 1.0 50

    D................................................. $100 1.0 100

    D................................................. [euro]300 1.5 450

    D................................................. [pound]100 1.0 100

    E................................................. $80 1.0 80

    E................................................. [yen]10,000 0.01 100

    -------------------------------------------------------------

    Total......................................... .................. ................... 1,000.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine assets available for distribution to futures customers

    or Cleared Swaps Customers, converting to U.S. dollars:

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shortfall due Actual

    Conversion Assets in U.S. to sovereign shortfall due Amount

    Location Assets rate dollars action to sovereign actually

    percentage action available

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S..................................................... $200 1.0 $200 .............. .............. $200

    U.K..................................................... [pound]200 1.5 300 .............. .............. 300

    U.K..................................................... [euro]100 1.0 100 .............. .............. 100

    Germany................................................. [euro]50 1.0 50 100% $50 0

    Japan................................................... [yen]10,000 0.01 100 50% 50 50

    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total............................................... .............. .............. 750 .............. 100.00 650.00

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine the percentage of shortfall that is not attributable

    to sovereign action:

    Shortfall Percentage = (1-750/1000) = (1-75%) = 25%.

    Reduce each futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer claim by

    the shortfall percentage:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S.

    Allocated dollars after

    Customer Claim in U.S.$ shortfall (non- allocated

    sovereign) shortfall

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.................................................. $50 $12.50 $37.50

    B.................................................. 50 12.50 37.50

    C.................................................. 70 17.50 52.50

    D.................................................. 650 162.50 487.50

    E.................................................. 180 45.00 135.00

    ------------------------------------------------------------

    Total.......................................... 1,000.00 250.00 750.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Reduction in Claims for Shortfall Due to Sovereign Action

    Due to sovereign action, none of the money in Germany and only

    \1/2\ of the funds in Japan are available.

    [[Page 33875]]

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Presumed location of funds

    Customer ---------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S. U.K. Germany Japan

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A............................................... $50 .............. .............. ..............

    B............................................... .............. $50 .............. ..............

    C............................................... 20 .............. $50 ..............

    D............................................... 100 450 50 $50

    E............................................... 80 .............. .............. 100

    ---------------------------------------------------------------

    Total....................................... 250.00 500.00 100.00 150.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Calculation of the allocation of the shortfall due to sovereign

    action--Germany ($50 shortfall to be allocated):

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Allocation share

    Customer allocation Allocation share of actual Actual shortfall

    shortfall allocated

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    C................................................... $50/$100 50% of $50 $25

    D................................................... 50/100 50% of 50 25

    -----------------------------------------------------------

    Total........................................... .................. .................. 50

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Japan ($50 shortfall to be allocated):

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Actual

    Customer Allocation share Allocation share of actual shortfall

    shortfall allocated

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    D....................................... $50/$150.................. 33.3% of $50.............. $16.67

    E....................................... 100/150................... 66.6% of 50............... 33.33

    -----------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total............................... .......................... .......................... 50.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claims After Reductions

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in US Allocation of Allocation of

    dollars after shortfall due shortfall due

    Customer allocated non- to sovereign to sovereign Claim after

    sovereign action from action from all reductions

    shortfall Germany Japan

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A............................................... $37.50 .............. .............. 37.50

    B............................................... 37.50 .............. .............. 37.50

    C............................................... 52.50 $25 .............. 27.50

    D............................................... 487.50 25 16.67 445.83

    E............................................... 135.00 .............. 33.33 101.67

    ---------------------------------------------------------------

    Total....................................... 750.00 50.00 50.00 650.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Example 7. Shortfall in funds held outside the U.S., or in a

    currency other than U.S. dollars, due to sovereign action, where the

    FCM kept more funds than permitted in such location or currency.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location(s) customer

    Customer Claim has consented to having

    funds held

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A.............................. $50 U.S.

    B.............................. 50 U.S.

    B.............................. [euro]50 U.K.

    C.............................. [euro]50 Germany.

    D.............................. 100 U.S.

    D.............................. [euro]100 U.K. or Germany.

    E.............................. 50 U.S.

    E.............................. [euro]50 U.K.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Location Actual asset balance

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................................ $250

    U.K............................................ [euro]50

    Germany........................................ [euro]200

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [[Page 33876]]

    Conversion Rates: 1 = $1.

    Reduction in Claims for General Shortfall

    Convert each futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer claim in

    each currency to U.S. dollars:

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Conversion Claim in

    Customer Claim rate U.S.$

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A............................... $50 1.0 50

    B............................... 50 1.0 50

    B............................... [euro]50 1.0 50

    C............................... [euro]50 1.0 50

    D............................... [euro]100 1.0 100

    D............................... [euro]100 1.0 100

    E............................... 50 1.0 50

    E............................... [euro]50 1.0 50

    ---------------------------------------

    Total....................... ........... ........... 500.00

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine assets available for distribution to futures customers

    or Cleared Swaps Customers, converting to U.S. dollars:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shortfall Actual

    due to shortfall Amount

    Location Assets Conversion Assets in sovereign due to actually

    rate U.S. dollars action sovereign available

    percentage action

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S............................. $250 1.0 $250 ........... ........... $250

    U.K............................. [euro]50 1.0 50 ........... ........... 50

    Germany......................... [euro]200 1.0 200 100% 200 0

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total....................... ........... ........... 500.00 ........... 200 300.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Determine the percentage of shortfall that is not attributable

    to sovereign action.

    Shortfall Percentage = (1 - 500/500) = (1 - 100%) = 0%.

    Reduce each futures customer or Cleared Swaps Customer claim by

    the shortfall percentage:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S.

    Allocated dollars after

    Customer Claim in U.S.$ shortfall (non- allocated

    sovereign) shortfall

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A...................................................... $50 $0 $50.00

    B...................................................... 100 0 100.00

    C...................................................... 50 0 50.00

    D...................................................... 200 0 200.00

    E...................................................... 100 0 100.00

    --------------------------------------------------------

    Total.............................................. 500.00 0.00 500.00

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Reduction in Claims for Shortfall Due to Sovereign Action

    Due to sovereign action, none of the money in Germany is

    available.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Presumed location of funds

    Customer -----------------------------------------

    U.S. U.K. Germany

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A............................. $50 ............ ............

    B............................. 50 50 ............

    C............................. ............ ............ 50

    D............................. 100 ............ 100

    E............................. 50 50 ............

    -----------------------------------------

    Total..................... 250.00 100.00 150.00

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [[Page 33877]]

    Calculation of the allocation of the shortfall due to sovereign

    action--Germany ($200 shortfall to be allocated):

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Allocation share

    Customer Allocation share of actual Actual shortfall

    shortfall allocated

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    C........................................................ $50/$150 33.3% of $200 $66.67

    D........................................................ $100/$150 66.7% of $200 133.33

    ------------------------------------------------------

    Total................................................ ................ ................ 200.000

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This would result in the claims of customers C and D being

    reduced below zero.

    Accordingly, the claims of customer C and D will only be reduced

    to zero, or $50 for C and $100 for D. This results in a Total Excess

    Shortfall of $50.

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Allocation of Allocation of

    Actual shortfall shortfall for shortfall for Total excess

    customer C customer D shortfall

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    $200................................................... $50 $100 $50

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This shortfall will be divided among the remaining futures

    customers or Cleared Swaps Customers who have authorized funds to be

    held outside the U.S. or in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Allocation share

    Total claims of (column B-C/

    customers Portion of claim column B Total-- Allocation share Actual total

    Customer permitting funds required to be in all customer of actual total excess shortfall

    to be held outside the U.S. claims in U.S.) excess shortfall allocated

    the U.S.

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    B...................................................... $100 $50 $50/$200 25% of $50 $12.50

    C...................................................... 50 0 (\1\) ................. 0

    D...................................................... 200 100 100/200 50% of $50 25

    E...................................................... 100 50 50/100 25% of $50 12.50

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total.............................................. 450.00 ................. ................. ................. 50.00

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Claim already reduced to $0.

    Claims After Reductions

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Claim in U.S.

    dollars after Allocation of Allocation of

    Customer allocated non- shortfall due to total excess Claim after all

    sovereign sovereign action shortfall reductions

    shortfall Germany

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A..................................................... $50 .................. .................. $50.00

    B..................................................... 100 .................. 12.50 87.50

    C..................................................... 50 50 .................. 0

    D..................................................... 200 100 25 75.00

    E..................................................... 100 .................. 12.50 87.50

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total............................................. 500.00 150.00 50.00 300.00

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Issued in Washington, DC, on April 27, 2011, by the Commission.

    David A. Stawick,

    Secretary of the Commission.

    Appendices to Protection of Cleared Swaps Customer Contracts and

    Collateral; Conforming Amendments to the Commodity Broker Bankruptcy

    Provisions--Commission Voting Summary and Statements of Commissioners

    Note: The following appendices will not appear in the Code of

    Federal Regulations.

    Appendix 1--Commission Voting Summary

    On this matter, Chairman Gensler and Commissioners Dunn, Chilton

    and O'Malia voted in the affirmative; Commissioner Sommers voted in

    the negative.

    Appendix 2--Statement of Chairman Gary Gensler

    I support the proposed rule on protection of cleared swaps

    customer contracts and collateral and the associated conforming

    amendments. The proposal carries out the Dodd-Frank Act's mandate

    that futures commission merchants (FCMs) and derivatives clearing

    organizations (DCOs) segregate customer collateral supporting

    cleared swaps. FCMs and DCOs must hold customer collateral in an

    account that is separate from that belonging to the FCMs or DCOs.

    Under the Dodd-Frank Act, an FCM or DCO must not use the

    collateral of one swaps customer to cover the obligations of another

    swaps customer or itself. Under the proposed rule, in the event that

    an FCM defaults simultaneously with one or more of its cleared swaps

    customers, the DCO may access the collateral of the FCM's defaulting

    cleared swaps customers to cure the default, but not the collateral

    of the FCM's non-defaulting cleared swaps customers. The

    [[Page 33878]]

    proposal also asks a variety of questions regarding alternative

    means of implementing protection of customer collateral.

    This proposed rulemaking benefited from public input received

    during the CFTC staff roundtable on segregation and in other

    meetings and from the 32 comments received in response the

    Commission's advanced notice of proposed rulemaking. I look forward

    to further hearing from the public on this proposed rulemaking.

    [FR Doc. 2011-10737 Filed 6-2-11; 11:15 am]

    BILLING CODE 6351-01-P

    Last Updated: June 9, 2011



See Also:

OpenGov Logo

CFTC's Commitment to Open Government

Gavel and Book

Follow the Status of Enforcement Actions